US20120015871A1 - Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators - Google Patents

Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20120015871A1
US20120015871A1 US13/162,423 US201113162423A US2012015871A1 US 20120015871 A1 US20120015871 A1 US 20120015871A1 US 201113162423 A US201113162423 A US 201113162423A US 2012015871 A1 US2012015871 A1 US 2012015871A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
complement
scr1
human
daf
cells
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/162,423
Inventor
Stephen Tomlinson
V. Michael Holers
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Medical University of South Carolina Foundation
University of Colorado
Original Assignee
Medical University of South Carolina Foundation
University of Colorado
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Medical University of South Carolina Foundation, University of Colorado filed Critical Medical University of South Carolina Foundation
Priority to US13/162,423 priority Critical patent/US20120015871A1/en
Assigned to THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO reassignment THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HOLERS, V. MICHAEL
Assigned to MUSC FOUNDATION FOR RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT reassignment MUSC FOUNDATION FOR RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MEDICAL UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA
Assigned to MEDICAL UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA reassignment MEDICAL UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: TOMLINSON, STEPHEN
Publication of US20120015871A1 publication Critical patent/US20120015871A1/en
Assigned to THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, A BODY CORPORATE reassignment THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, A BODY CORPORATE ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70596Molecules with a "CD"-designation not provided for elsewhere
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • A61P31/06Antibacterial agents for tuberculosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10Antimycotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/04Amoebicides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06Antimalarials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/10Anthelmintics
    • A61P33/12Schistosomicides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/08Plasma substitutes; Perfusion solutions; Dialytics or haemodialytics; Drugs for electrolytic or acid-base disorders, e.g. hypovolemic shock
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/14Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2896Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against molecules with a "CD"-designation, not provided for elsewhere
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide

Definitions

  • Complement is the collective term for a series of blood proteins and is a major effector mechanism of the immune system. Complement activation and its deposition on target structures can lead to direct complement-mediated cell lysis, or can lead indirectly to cell or tissue destruction due to the generation of powerful modulators of inflammation and the recruitment and activation of immune effector cells. Complement activation products that mediate tissue injury are generated at various points in the complement pathway. Inappropriate complement activation on host tissue plays an important role in the pathology of many autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, and is also responsible for many disease states associated with bioincompatibility, e.g. post-cardiopulmonary inflammation and transplant rejection. Complement inhibition represents a potential therapeutic modality for the treatment of such immune-mediated diseases and disease states. Complement inhibitory proteins that systemically inhibit complement have been shown to be effective in various animal models of disease (and in a few clinical trials), but complement inhibitors that target a site of disease and complement activation offer significant potential advantages with regard to safety and efficacy.
  • complement inhibitory proteins expressed at the cell surface. These complement inhibitory proteins are also expressed on the surface of tumor cells, often at increased levels, and are considered to be an important contributing factor to the resistance of tumor cells to monoclonal antibody-mediated immunotherapy (monoclonal antibodies that target to tumor cells and activate complement).
  • the complement system comprises a collection of about 30 proteins and is one of the major effector mechanisms of the immune system.
  • the complement cascade is activated principally via either the classical (usually antibody-dependent) or alternative (usually antibody-independent) pathways. Activation via either pathway leads to the generation of C3 convertase, which is the central enzymatic complex of the cascade.
  • C3 convertase cleaves serum C3 into C3a and C3b, the fatter of which binds covalently to the site of activation and leads to the further generation of C3 convertase (amplification loop).
  • the activation product C3b (and also C4b generated only via the classical pathway) and its breakdown products are important opsonins and are involved in promoting cell-mediated lysis of target cells (by phagocytes and NK cells) as well as immune complex transport and solubilization.
  • C3/C4 activation products and their receptors on various cells of the immune system are also important in modulating the cellular immune response.
  • C3 convertases participate in the formation of C5 convertase, a complex that cleaves C5 to yield C5a and C5b.
  • C5a has powerful proinflammatory and chemotactic properties and can recruit and activate immune effector cells.
  • C5b initiates the terminal complement pathway resulting in the sequential assembly of complement proteins C6, C7, C8 and (C9)n to form the membrane attack complex (MAC or C5b-9).
  • MAC membrane attack complex
  • Formation of MAC in a target cell membrane can result in direct cell lysis, but can also cause cell activation and the expression/release of various inflammatory modulators.
  • Membrane inhibitors of complement activation include complement receptor 1 (CR1), decay-accelerating factor (DAF) and membrane cofactor protein (MCP). They all have a protein structure that consists of varying numbers of repeating units of about 60-70 amino acids termed short consensus repeats (SCR) that are a common feature of C3/C4 binding proteins.
  • SCR short consensus repeats
  • Rodent homologues of human complement activation inhibitors have been identified.
  • the rodent protein Crry is a widely distributed inhibitor of complement activation that functions similar to both DAF and MCP. Rodents also express DAF and MCP, although Crry appears to be functionally the most important regulator of complement activation in rodents. Although there is no homolog of Crry found in humans, the study of Crry and its use in animal models is clinically relevant.
  • CD59 a widely distributed 20 kD glycoprotein attached to plasma membranes by a glucosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchor.
  • GPI glucosylphosphatidylinositol
  • complement inhibitory proteins are currently under investigation for therapy of inflammatory disease and disease states associated with bioincompatibility.
  • Two of the best therapeutically characterized inhibitors of human complement are a soluble form of complement receptor 1 (sCR1) and an anti-05 monoclonal antibody.
  • sCR1 complement receptor 1
  • anti-05 monoclonal antibody a soluble form of complement receptor 1
  • Anti-05 mAb inhibits the generation of C5a and the MAC
  • sCR1 is an inhibitor of complement activation and also inhibits the generation of C3 activation products.
  • CD59 is a membrane inhibitor of complement that blocks assembly of the MAC, but does not effect generation of complement opsonins or C3a and C5a. Soluble forms of CD59 have been produced, but its low functional activity in vitro, particularly in the presence of serum, indicates that sCD59 will have little or no therapeutic efficacy (12-15).
  • sCR1 modified form of sCR1 decorated with sialyl Lewis x (sLex) was prepared and shown to bind to endothelial cells expressing P and E selectin. sCR1sLex was shown to be a more potent therapeutic than sCR1 in rodent models of inflammatory disease (16, 17). In in vitro feasibility studies, antibody-DAF (18) and antibody-CD59 (19) fusion proteins were shown to be more effective at protecting targeted cells than untargeted cells from complement. Non-specific membrane targeting of recombinant complement inhibitors has also been achieved by coupling inhibitors to membrane-inserting peptides (20, 21).
  • C3 activation fragments are abundant complement opsonins found at a site of complement activation, and they serve as ligands for various C3 receptors.
  • One such receptor, complement receptor 2 (CR2) a transmembrane protein, plays an important role in humoral immunity by way of its expression predominantly on mature B cells and follicular dendritic cells (22, 23).
  • CR2 is a member of the C3 binding protein family and consists of 15-16 short consensus repeat (SCR) domains, structural units that are characteristic of these proteins, with the C3 binding site being contained in the two N-terminal SCRs (24, 25).
  • CR2 is not an inhibitor of complement and it does not bind C3b, unlike the inhibitors of complement activation (DAF, MCP, CR1 and Crry).
  • Natural ligands for CR2 are iC3b, C3dg and C3d, cell-bound breakdown fragments of C3b that bind to the two N-terminal SCR domains of CR2 (26, 27). Cleavage of C3 results initially in the generation and deposition of C3b on the activating cell surface. The C3b fragment is involved in the generation of enzymatic complexes that amplify the complement cascade.
  • C3b On a cell surface, C3b is rapidly converted to inactive iC3b, particularly when deposited on a host surface containing regulators of complement activation (ie. most host tissue). Even in absence of membrane bound complement regulators, substantial levels of iC3b are formed. iC3b is subsequently digested to the membrane bound fragments C3dg and then C3d by serum proteases, but this process is relatively slow (28, 29). Thus, the C3 ligands for CR2 are relatively long lived once they are generated and will be present in high concentrations at sites of complement activation.
  • this invention in one aspect, relates to CR2 targeted modulators of complement activity.
  • FIG. 1 shows a diagram of examples of CR2-complement inhibitor fusion proteins.
  • FIG. 2 shows SDS-PAGE and Western blot analysis of purified recombinant fusion proteins and soluble complement inhibitors.
  • Gels (10% acrylamide) were stained with coomasie blue.
  • Western blots were developed using antibodies to complement inhibitors as the primary antibody.
  • FIG. 3 shows binding of recombinant fusion proteins to C3-opsonized CHO cells.
  • Antibody sensitized CHO cells were incubated in C6-deficient serum, washed and incubated with soluble complement inhibitor (black trace), or fusion protein with CR2 at N-terminus (light gray trace) or C-terminus (dark gray trace) at 20 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Cell binding of recombinant proteins was detected by flow cytometry using anti-DAF or anti-CD59 mAbs.
  • Incubation of CHO cells with PBS instead of complement inhibitor gave similar fluorescence profile as sDAF and sCD59. Representative of 3 separate experiments.
  • FIG. 4 shows analysis of the interaction between CR2 fusion proteins and C3d by surface plasmon resonance. Solid lines indicate different concentrations of CR2 fusion proteins as indicated in FIG._[Looks like a fig. no. is missing.]. Broken lines show curves fitting to a 1:1 Langmuir binding model.
  • FIG. 5 shows inhibition of complement mediated lysis by recombinant sDAF and DAF fusion proteins.
  • Antibody sensitized CHO cells panel a
  • sheep erythrocytes panel b
  • FIG. 6 shows inhibition of complement mediated lysis by recombinant sCD59 and CD59 fusion proteins.
  • Antibody sensitized CHO cells panel a
  • sheep erythrocytes panel b
  • FIG. 7 shows the effect of recombinant fusion proteins on U937 cell adhesion.
  • Sheep erythrocytes were sensitized with IgM antibody and incubated in C6-deficient serum.
  • FIG. 8 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CR2-DAF. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CR2 and DAF.
  • FIG. 9 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CR2-CD59. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CR2 and CD59.
  • FIG. 10 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human DAF-CR2. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between DAF and CR2.
  • FIG. 11 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CD59-CR2. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CD59 and CR2.
  • FIG. 12 shows targeting of CR2 containing fusion proteins to C3-coated CHO cells.
  • C3 ligand was generated on CHO cells by incubation of cells in 10% anti-CHO antiserum and 10% C6-depleted human serum (to prevent formation of membrane attack complex and cell lysis). Cells were washed and incubated with fusion protein (20 ug/ml, 4° C., 30 min). Binding was detected by flow cytometric analysis using antibodies against appropriate complement inhibitor (DAF or CD59).
  • Black line control (no fusion protein); Light gray: CR2 at C-terminus; Dark gray: CR2 at N-terminus.
  • FIG. 13 shows analysis of CR2-DAF binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 14 shows analysis of CR2-CD59 binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 15 shows analysis of DAF-CR2 binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 16 shows analysis of CD59-CR2 binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 17 shows the effect of targeted and untargeted DAF on complement-mediated lysis of CHO cells.
  • CHO cells were sensitized to complement with anti-CHO antisera (10% concentration, 4° C., 30 min) and subsequently incubated with 10% normal human serum (NHS) (37° C., 60 min) in the presence of varying concentrations, of complement inhibitory proteins.
  • NHS normal human serum
  • FIG. 19 shows the effect of targeted and untargeted DAF on complement-mediated hemolysis.
  • Sheep erythrocytes (E) were sensitized with anti-sheep E antibody and subsequently incubated with a 1/300 dilution of NHS (37° C., 60 min) in the presence of varying concentrations of complement inhibitory proteins.
  • FIG. 21 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CR2-human IgG1 Fc. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CR2 and Fc region. Expression plasmid contains genomic Fc region (hinge-intron-CH2-intron-CH3).
  • FIG. 22 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of CR2-Fc fusion protein. Purified CR2-Fc was run under nonreducing (lane 1) or reducing (lane 2) conditions. Gel stained by coomassie blue. (for MW of markers in lane 3, see FIG. 2 ).
  • FIG. 23 shows targeting of CR2-Fc to C3-coated CHO cells.
  • C3 ligand was generated as described (legend to FIG. 12 ). Cells were washed and incubated with CR2-Fc (20 ug/ml, 4° C., 30 min). Binding was detected by flow cytometric analysis using antibodies against human Fc conjugated to FITC. Upper panel shows results from incubation of CR2-Fc with C3-coated CHO cells, and lower panel shows results from incubation of CR2-Fc with control CHO cells.
  • FIG. 24 shows surface plasmon resonance sensorgram showing binding of CR2-Fc to C3d ligand immobilized on chip.
  • FIG. 25 shows the biodistribution of 125 I-CR2-DAF and 125 I-sDAF in 34 week old NZB/W F1 mice. Radiolabeled proteins were injected into the tail vein and biodistribution of radiolabel determined after 24 hr. Each protein was injected into 2 mice.
  • FIG. 26 shows imaging of CR2-DAF bound to glomeruli of 24-week-old MRL/lpr mice. Glomerular binding of CD2-DAF (a) and sDAF (b) was analyzed 24 hours after tail-vein injection of each protein. The figure shows immunofluorescence staining of kidney sections.
  • FIG. 27 shows the single chain antibody CD59-Crry construct.
  • the figure shows the construct comprises a variable light chain (VL) and a variable heavy chain (VH) from K9/9 mAb.
  • VL variable light chain
  • VH variable heavy chain
  • the construct was prepared in the yeast expression vector pPICZalph (Invitrogen).
  • FIG. 28 shows the biodistribution of complement inhibitors and K9/9 single chain Ab in rats. Iodinated recombinant proteins administered 4 days after PAN treatment and radioactivity in organs measured 48 hr later.
  • FIG. 30 shows PAS stained renal cortex.
  • FIG. 30A shows No PAN control
  • FIG. 30B PAN with PBS treatment
  • FIG. 30C PAN with targeted K9/9 Crry treatment
  • FIG. 30D PAN with sCrry treatment.
  • FIG. 31 shows complement inhibitory activity in serum after administration of recombinant proteins. Measured by lysis of sensitized sheep erythrocytes. Percent inhibitory activity shown relative to serum from control rats.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
  • Treatment or “treating” means to administer a composition to a subject with a condition, wherein the condition can be any pathogenic disease, autoimmune disease, cancer or inflammatory condition.
  • the effect of the administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of but is not limited to reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • inhibitor means to reduce activity. It is understood that inhibition can mean a slight reduction in activity to the complete ablation of all activity.
  • An “inhibitor” can be anything that reduces activity.
  • activation or “activates” means to increase activity. It is understood that activation can mean an increase in existing activity as well as the induction of new activity. An “activator” can be anything that increases activity.
  • compositions comprising a construct, wherein the construct comprises CR2 and a modulator of complement activity.
  • CR2 consists of an extracellular portion consisting of 15 or 16 repeating units known as short consensus repeats (SCRs). Amino acids 1-20 comprise the leader peptide, amino acids 23-82 comprise SCR1, amino acids 91-146 comprise SCR2, amino acids 154-210 comprise SCR3, amino acids 215-271 comprise SCR4.
  • the active site (C3dg binding site) is located in SCR 1-2 (the first 2 N-terminal SCRs). SCR units are separated by short sequences of variable length that serve as spacers. It is understood that any number of SCRs containing the active site can be used.
  • the construct contains the 4 N-terminal SCR units. In another embodiment, the construct includes the first two N-terminal SCRs. In another embodiment the construct includes the first three N-terminal SCRs.
  • species and strain variation exist for the disclosed peptides, polypeptides, proteins, protein fragments and compositions. Specifically disclosed are all species and strain variations for the disclosed peptides, polypeptides, proteins, protein fragments and compositions.
  • compositions wherein the construct is a fusion protein
  • fusion protein means two or more components comprising peptides, polypeptides, or proteins operably linked.
  • CR2 can be linked to complement inhibitors or activators by an amino acid linking sequence.
  • linkers are well known in the art. Examples of linkers can include but are not limited to (Gly 4 Ser) 3 (G4S), (Gly 3 Ser) 4 (G3S), SerGly 4 , and SerGly 4 SerGly 4 .
  • Linking sequences can also consist of “natural” linking sequences found between SCR units within human (or mouse) proteins, for example VSVFPLE, the linking sequence between SCR 2 and 3 of human CR2. Fusion proteins can also be constructed without linking sequences.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein inhibits complement.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the modulator of complement activity comprises a complement inhibitor.
  • compositions of the invention for example, wherein the complement inhibitor is decay accelerating factor (DAF) SEQ ID NO: 1 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 2 (amino acid).
  • DAF decay accelerating factor
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 nucleotide
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 amino acid
  • the DAF can be soluble human DAF comprising the four SCR domains without glycophosphatidyl anchor and serine-threonine rich region.
  • the DAF can also be soluble human DAF comprising the four SCR domains and the serine-threonine rich region but without glycophosphatidyl anchor.
  • the DAF extracellular region consists of 4 SCR units at N-terminus followed by serine/threonine rich region.
  • Amino acids 1-34 comprise the leader peptide
  • amino acids 35-95 comprise SCR1
  • amino acids 97-159 comprise SCR2
  • amino acids 162-221 comprise SCR3
  • the composition of the invention comprises all 4 SCR units.
  • the composition comprises SCR2-4 of DAF.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor comprises a fusion protein between CD59 and another complement inhibitor selected from the group consisting of DAF, MCP, Crry and CR1. Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is a fusion protein of two or more complement inhibitors.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-DAF (SEQ ID NO: 6). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 5.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises DAF-CR2 (SEQ ID NO: 10). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 9.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is human CD59 (SEQ ID NO: 3 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 4 (amino acid)).
  • the human CD59 can be soluble human CD59 comprising the mature protein without glycophosphatidyl anchor.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-human CD59 (SEQ ID NO: 8). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 7.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises human CD59-CR2 (SEQ ID NO: 12). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 10.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is an antibody to C5. Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-anti-05 antibody.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is CR1 (SEQ ID NO: 13 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 14 (amino acid)).
  • the extracellular region of CR1 can comprise 30 SCR units. It is an embodiment of the invention that the composition can comprise the entire extracellular region of CR1. In another embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises [the] one active site[s] of CR1.
  • the active sites of CR1 are amino acids 1-46 which comprise the leader peptide, amino acids 47-300 which comprise SCR1-4 (C4b binding site, lower affinity for C3b), amino acids 497-750 which comprise SCR8-11 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), amino acids 947-1200 which comprise SCR15-18 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), and amino acids 1400-1851 which comprise the C1q binding site.
  • the composition of the invention can comprise any [one or] combination or all of the active sites of CR1.
  • compositions of the ivention wherein the complement inhibitor comprises the active sites of CR1, and wherein [the] one active site[s] further comprise a leader peptide comprising amino acids 6-46, amino acids 47-300 which comprise SCR1-4 (C4b binding site, lower affinity for C3b), amino acids 497-750 which comprise SCR8-11 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), amino acids 947-1200 which comprise SCR15-18 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), and amino acids 1400-1851 which comprise the C1q binding site.
  • the composition of the invention can comprise any [one or] combination or all of the active sites of CR1.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is MCP (SEQ ID NO: 15 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 16 (amino acid)).
  • the extracellular region consists of 4 SCR units followed by ser/thr region.
  • Amino acids 1-34 comprise the leader peptide
  • amino acids 35-95 comprise SCR1
  • amino acids 96-158 comprise SCR2
  • amino acids, 159-224 comprise SCR3
  • amino acids 225-285 comprise SCR4
  • amino acids 286-314 comprise the S/T region
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is Crry (SEQ ID NO: 17).
  • the Crry can be soluble mouse Crry comprising the 5 N-terminal SCR domains without transmembrane region.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is murine CD59.
  • the murine CD59 can be soluble murine CD59 comprising the mature protein without glycophosphatidyl anchor.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein activates complement.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the modulator of complement activity comprises a complement activator.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement activator is human IgG1 Fc(SEQ ID NO: 18).
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement activator comprises CR2-human IgG1 Fc (SEQ ID NO: 20). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 21.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is human IgM (SEQ ID NO: 19).
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-human IgM Fc.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement activator is mouse IgG3 (SEQ ID NO: 22).
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-murine IgG3 Fc.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-murine IgM Fc.
  • complement activator can also increase antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) via the Fc portion of the composition.
  • ADCC is the destruction of a target cell by a natural killer (NK) cell via recognition of and contact with an Fc region and an Fc receptor on the NK cell. This can be in the form of Fc ⁇ RIII recognition of IgG1 Fc or IgG3 Fc. Following the contact of the Fc receptor with the Fc, the NK cell lysis the target cell via the use of perforin and granzyme. This mechanism can be important in controlling tumor growth
  • compositions of the invention wherein the CR2-Fc fusion protein is not immunogenic. It is understood that a composition that is not immunogenic (ie. does not elicit an immune response) is less likely to be attacked and inactivated by the subjects own immune response. The anticipated lack of CR2-Fc immunogenicity is a potential advantage over anti-C3d antibodies, even if antibodies are humanized. It is an embodiment of the invention that the Fc region fused to CR2 can be from any human or mouse IgG isotype, human or mouse IgM, or any human or mouse IgG isotype containing a mu-tailpiece.
  • the mu-tailpiece is an 18 amino acid C-terminal region from IgM that, when added C-terminal to IgG Fc sequences, results in the generation of polymeric forms of IgG (similar to IgM) that efficiently activate complement and have enhanced affinity for Fc receptors.
  • the fusion can occur at the hinge region of the Fc portion of the composition.
  • CR2 fusion proteins containing either IgM or IgG Fc regions with a mu-tailpiece can have advantages over CR2-IgG Fc fusion proteins.
  • IgM or IgG-mu Fc regions will result in polymeric fusion proteins with up to 6 Fcs and 12 CR2 sites.
  • These constructs can have enhanced avidity for C3 ligand and enhanced effector function (complement activation and Fc receptor binding).
  • compositions of the invention wherein the complement activator is CVF (SEQ ID NO: 23 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 24 (amino acid)).
  • CVF can be coupled to soluble CR2. It is understood that CVF binds factor B and activates the alternative pathway of complement by forming CVFBb, a C3/C5 convertase that is not inactivated by complement inhibitory proteins.
  • the half life of CVFBb is about 7 hr. compared to about 1 min. for the physiological alternative pathway convertase, C3bBb.
  • CVF can be chemically coupled to soluble CR2.
  • compositions of the invention wherein the construct is in a vector.
  • cells comprising the vector of the invention.
  • compositions wherein the construct is an immunoconjugate.
  • immunoconjugate means two or more components comprising peptides, polypeptides, or proteins operably linked by a chemical cross-linker. Linking of the components of the immunoconjugate can occur on reactive groups located on the component. Reactive groups that can be targeted using a cross-linker include primary amines, sulfhydryls, carbonyls, carbohydrates and carboxylic acids, or active groups can be added to proteins.
  • Examples of chemical linkers are well known in the art and can include but are not limited to bismaleimidohexane, m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, NHS-Esters-Maleimide Crosslinkers such as MBS, Sulfo-MBS, SMPB, Sulfo-SMPB, GMBS, Sulfo-GMBS, EMCS, Sulfo-EMCS; Imidoester Cross-linkers such as DMA, DMP, DMS, DTBP; EDC [1-Ethyl-3-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Hydrochloride], [2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxamide, DTME: Dithio-bis-maleimidoethane, DMA (Dimethyl adipimidate.2HCl), DMP (Dimethyl
  • complement inhibitory proteins are currently under investigation for therapy of inflammatory disease and disease states associated with bioincompatibility.
  • Two of the best therapeutically characterized inhibitors of human complement are a soluble form of complement receptor 1 (sCR1) and an anti-CS monoclonal antibody.
  • sCR1 complement receptor 1
  • anti-CS monoclonal antibody an anti-CS monoclonal antibody
  • compositions of the invention comprising administering to the subject the composition of the invention. It is understood that administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of, but is not limited to, reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • compositions of the invention comprising administering to the subject the composition of the invention, wherein the composition will inhibit complement activity. It is understood that the effect of the administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of but is not limited to reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • Disclosed are methods of reducing complement-mediated damage comprising administering to a subject the composition of the invention, which inhibits complement.
  • the condition treated is an inflammatory condition.
  • the inflammatory condition can be selected from the group consisting of asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, reactive arthritis, spondylarthritis, systemic vasculitis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, multiple sclerosis, experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, Sjögren's syndrome, graft versus host disease, inflammatory bowel disease including Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, ischemia reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, alzheimer's disease, transplant rejection (allogeneic and xenogeneic), thermal trauma, any immune complex-induced inflammation, glomerulonephritis, myasthenia gravis, cerebral lupus, Guillain-Barre syndrome, vasculitis, systemic sclerosis, anaphlaxis, catheter reactions, atheroma, infert
  • the condition is a viral infection.
  • the viral infection can be selected from the list of viruses consisting of Influenza virus A, Influenza virus B, Respiratory syncytial virus, Dengue virus, Yellow fever virus, Ebola virus, Marburg virus, Lassa fever virus, Eastern Equine Encephalitis virus, Japanese Encephalitis virus, St. Louis Encephalitis virus, Murray Valley fever virus, West Nile virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Rotavirus A, Rotavirus B, Rotavirus C, Sindbis virus, Hantavirus.
  • the viral vector can be selected from the list of viruses consisting of adenovirus, vaccinia virus, adeno associated virus, modified vaccinia ancara virus, and cytomegliavirus. It is understood that other viral vectors are in use for vaccine delivery. Specifically disclosed are each and every viral vector known in the art.
  • an embodiment of the invention is treating a subject with a fungal infection, wherein the treatment blocks fungal-“CR3” function as well as inhibits complement, comprising administering to a subject the compostition of the invention.
  • complement inhibitor can enhance the outcome of apoptosis-base therapy (e.g., gene therapy with adenovirus expressing Fas ligand).
  • Apoptosis occurring during normal development is non inflammatory and is involved in induction of immunological tolerance.
  • apoptotic cell death can be inflammatory depending on how it is activated and in what cell types (for example, therapeutic agents that ligate Fas are able to induce inflammation)
  • necrotic cell death results in a sustained and powerful inflammatory response mediated by released cell contents and by proinflammatory cytokines released by stimulated phagocytes.
  • Apoptotic cells and vesicles are normally cleared by phagocytes, thus preventing the pro-inflammatory consequences of cell lysis.
  • apoptotic cells and apoptotic bodies directly fix complement, and that complement can sustain an anti-inflammatory response due to opsonization and enhanced phagocytosis of apoptotic cells.
  • Inflammation is involved in non specific recruitment of immune cells that can influence innate and adaptive immune responses.
  • Modulating complement activation during apoptosis-based tumor therapy to inhibit phagocytic uptake of apoptotic cells/bodies enhances the inflammatory/innate immune response within the tumor environment.
  • apoptotic cells can be a source of immunogenic self antigens and uncleared apoptotic bodies can result in autoimmunization.
  • modulating complement at a site in which tumor cells have been induced to undergo apoptosis further augments or triggers specific immunity against a tumor to which the host is normally tolerant.
  • compositions of the invention can act as CR2 and CR3 antagonists.
  • methods of inhibiting complement activity via inhibition of CR2 comprising administering the composition of the invention to a subject.
  • methods of inhibiting complement activity via inhibition of CR3 comprising administering the composition of the invention to a subject.
  • a CR2 antagonist can modulate immune response
  • a CR3 antagonist can have second anti-inflammatory mechanism of action since CR3 is integrin that binds endothelial ICAM1.
  • ICAM1 is expressed at sites of inflammation and is involved in leukocyte adhesion and diapedesis.
  • ICAM1 expression is upregulated by complement activation products.
  • compositions of the invention comprising administering to the subject the composition of the invention, wherein the composition will activate complement. It is understood that the administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of, but is not limited to, reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • Disclosed are methods of enhancing complement-mediated damage comprising administering to a subject the composition of the invention, which activates complement.
  • the cancer can be selected from the group consisting of lymphomas (Hodgkins and non-Hodgkins), B cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, myeloid leukemia, leukemias, mycosis fungoides, carcinomas, carcinomas of solid tissues, squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas, gliomas, blastomas, neuroblastomas, plasmacytomas, histiocytomas, melanomas, adenomas, hypoxic tumours, myelomas, AIDS-related lymphomas or sarcomas, metastatic cancers, bladder cancer, brain cancer, nervous system cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck, neuroblastoma/glioblastoma, ovarian cancer, skin cancer, liver cancer, melanoma, squamous cell carcinomas of the mouth, throat, larynx, and lung, colon cancer
  • lymphomas Hodgkins and non-Hodgkins
  • CR2 can target complement deposited on tumor cells as a result of administered anti-tumor antibodies, or as a result of a normally ineffective humoral immune response.
  • the present complement activating composition can be administered in conjunction with anti-tumor antibodies.
  • anti-tumor antibodies include anti-PSMA monoclonal antibodies J591, PEQ226.5, and PM2P079.1 (Fracasso, G. et al., (2002) Prostate 53(1): 9-23); anti-Her2 antibody hu4D5 (Gerstner, R. B., et al., (2002) J. Mol. Biol. 321(5): 851-62); anti-disialosyl Gb5 monoclonal antibody 5F3 which can be used as an anti renal cell carcinoma antibody (Ito A. et al., (2001) Glycoconj. J.
  • anti MAGE monoclonal antibody 57B (Antonescu, C. R. et al., (2002) Hum. Pathol. 33(2): 225-9); anti-cancer monoclonal antibody CLN-Ig (Kubo, O. et al., (2002) Nippon Rinsho. 60(3): 497-503); anti-Dalton's lymphoma associated antigen (DLAA) monoclonal antibody DLAB (Subbiah, K. et al., (2001) Indian J. Exp. Biol. 39(10): 993-7).
  • the present composition can be administered before, concurrent with or after administration of the anti-tumor antibody, so long as the present composition is present at the tumor during the time when the antibody is also present at the tumor.
  • a representative but non-limiting list of cancers that the disclosed compositions can be used to treat is the following: lymphoma, B cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, mycosis fungoides, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's Disease, myeloid leukemia, bladder cancer, brain cancer, nervous system cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck, kidney cancer, lung cancers such as small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung cancer, urothelial carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas, gliomas, high grade gliomas, blastomas, neuroblastomas, plasmacytomas, histiocytomas, adenomas, hypoxic tumours, myelomas, AIDS-related lymphomas or sarcomas, metastatic cancers, neuroblastoma/glioblastoma, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, skin cancer, liver cancer, melanoma, s
  • the complement activating complisitions disclosed herein can also be used for the treatment of precancer conditions such as cervical and anal dysplasias, other dysplasias, severe dysplasias, hyperplasias, atypical hyperplasias, and neoplasias.
  • precancer conditions such as cervical and anal dysplasias, other dysplasias, severe dysplasias, hyperplasias, atypical hyperplasias, and neoplasias.
  • the condition is a precancer conditions. It is understood that the composition will recognize antigens that are overexpressed on the surface of precancerous cells
  • the viral infection can be selected from the list of viruses consisting of Herpes simplex virus type-1, Herpes simplex virus type-2, Cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barr virus, Varicella-zoster virus, Human herpesvirus 6, Human herpesvirus 7, Human herpesvirus 8, Variola virus, Vesicular stomatitis virus, Hepatitis A virus, Hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis C virus, Hepatitis D virus, Hepatitis E virus, Rhinovirus, Coronavirus, Influenza virus A, Influenza virus B, Measles virus, Polyomavirus, Human Papilomavirus, Respiratory syncytial virus, Adenovirus, Coxsackie virus, Dengue virus, Mumps virus, Poliovirus, Rabies virus, Rous sarcoma virus, Yellow fever virus, Ebola virus, Marburg virus, Lassa fever virus, Eastern Equine Encepha
  • kits for treating a bacterial infection can be selected from the list of bacterium consisting of M. tuberculosis, M bovis, M bovis strain BCG, BCG substrains, M. avium, M. intracellulare, M. africanum, M. kansasii, M. marinum, M ulcerans, M.
  • avium subspecies paratuberculosis Nocardia asteroides , other Nocardia species, Legionella pneumophila , other Legionella species, Salmonella typhi , other Salmonella species, Shigella species, Yersinia pestis, Pasteurella haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida , other Pasteurella species, Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae, Listeria monocytogenes, Listeria ivanovii, Brucella abortus , other Brucella species, Cowdria ruminantium, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Chlamydia psittaci, Coxiella burnetti , other Rickettsial species, Ehrlichia species, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae
  • the parasitic infection can be selected from the group consisting of Toxoplasma gondii, Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium malariae , other Plasmodium species., Trypanosoma brucei, Trypanosoma cruzi, Leishmania major , other Leishmania species., Schistosoma mansoni , other Schistosoma species., and Entamoeba histolytica.
  • the subject can be a mammal.
  • the mammal can be a human, nonhuman primate, mouse, rat, pig, dog, cat, monkey, cow, or horse.
  • compositions can be used in a variety of ways as research tools.
  • the disclosed compositions can be used to study inhibitor of complement activation.
  • compositions can be used as diagnostic tools related to diseases associated with complement activation, such as cancer, viral infections, bacterial infections, parasitic infections, and fungal infections.
  • CR2-fusion proteins will target a site of complement activation and a labeled CR2-fusion protein can diagnose conditions associated with complement activation. For example, a tumor-reactive antibody would activate complement on tumor cells, which CR2 could then target. The labeled CR2-Fc could then amplify the signal following antibody targeting.
  • CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF is described, and/or a specific combination thereof is disclosed and discussed and/or a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, and/or combination thereof are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, or combination thereof and the modifications that are possible, unless specifically indicated to the contrary.
  • homology and identity mean the same thing as similarity.
  • the use of the word homology is used between two non-natural sequences it is understood that this is not necessarily indicating an evolutionary relationship between these two sequences, but rather is looking at the similarity or relatedness between their nucleic acid sequences.
  • Many of the methods for determining homology between two evolutionarily related molecules are routinely applied to any two or more nucleic acids or proteins for the purpose of measuring sequence similarity regardless of whether they are evolutionarily related or not.
  • SEQ ID NO: 25 sets forth a particular sequence of a CR2
  • SEQ ID NO: 26 sets forth a particular sequence of the protein encoded by SEQ ID NO: 25, a CR2 protein.
  • variants of these and other genes and proteins herein disclosed which have at least, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 percent homology to the stated sequence.
  • the homology can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the homology is at its highest level.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv. Appl. Math. 2: 482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85: 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
  • nucleic acids can be obtained by for example the algorithms disclosed in Zuker, M. Science 244:48-52, 1989, Jaeger et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:7706-7710, 1989, Jaeger et al. Methods Enzymol. 183:281-306, 1989 which are herein incorporated by reference for at least material related to nucleic acid alignment. It is understood that any of the methods typically can be used and that in certain instances the results of these various methods can differ, but the skilled artisan understands if identity is found with at least one of these methods, the sequences would be said to have the stated identity, and be disclosed herein.
  • a sequence recited as having a particular percent homology to another sequence refers to sequences that have the recited homology as calculated by any one or more of the calculation methods described above.
  • a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using the Zuker calculation method even if the first sequence does not have 80 percent homology to the second sequence as calculated by any of the other calculation methods.
  • a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using both the Zuker calculation method and the Pearson and Lipman calculation method even if the first sequence does not have 80 percent homology to the second sequence as calculated by the Smith and Waterman calculation method, the Needleman and Wunsch calculation method, the Jaeger calculation methods, or any of the other calculation methods.
  • a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using each of calculation methods (although, in practice, the different calculation methods will often result in different calculated homology percentages).
  • nucleic acid based there are a variety of molecules disclosed herein that are nucleic acid based, including for example the nucleic acids that encode, for example CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-anti-05, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF, as well as various functional nucleic acids.
  • nucleic acids that encode, for example CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-
  • nucleic acids are made up of for example, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, or nucleotide substitutes. Non-limiting examples of these and other molecules are discussed herein. It is understood that for example, when a vector is expressed in a cell, that the expressed mRNA will typically be made up of A, C, G, and U. Likewise, it is understood that if, for example, an antisense molecule is introduced into a cell or cell environment through for example exogenous delivery, it is advantagous that the antisense molecule be made up of nucleotide analogs that reduce the degradation of the antisense molecule in the cellular environment.
  • a nucleotide is a molecule that contains a base moiety, a sugar moiety and a phosphate moiety. Nucleotides can be linked together through their phosphate moieties and sugar moieties creating an internucleoside linkage.
  • the base moiety of a nucleotide can be adenin-9-yl (A), cytosin-1-yl (C), guanin-9-yl (G), uracil-1-yl (U), and thymin-1-yl (T).
  • the sugar moiety of a nucleotide is a ribose or a deoxyribose.
  • the phosphate moiety of a nucleotide is pentavalent phosphate.
  • An non-limiting example of a nucleotide would be 3′-AMP (3′-adenosine monophosphate) or 5′-GMP (5′-guanosine monophosphate).
  • a nucleotide analog is a nucleotide which contains some type of modification to either the base, sugar, or phosphate moieties. Modifications to the base moiety would include natural and synthetic modifications of A, C, G, and T/U as well as different purine or pyrimidine bases, such as uracil-5-yl (.psi.), hypoxanthin-9-yl (1), and 2-aminoadenin-9-yl.
  • a modified base includes but is not limited to 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines
  • Nucleotide analogs can also include modifications of the sugar moiety. Modifications to the sugar moiety would include natural modifications of the ribose and deoxy ribose as well as synthetic modifications. Sugar modifications include but are not limited to the following modifications at the 2′ position: OH; F; O—, S—, or N-alkyl; O—, S—, or N-alkenyl; O—, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to C 10 , alkyl or C 2 to C 10 alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • 2′ sugar modiifcations also include but are not limited to —O[(CH 2 ) n O] m CH 3 , —O(CH 2 ), OCH 3 , —O(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , —O(CH 2 ) n CH 3 , —O(CH 2 ) n —ONH 2 , and —O(CH 2 ) n ON[CH 2 ) n CH 3 )] 2 , where n and m are from 1 to about 10.
  • modifications at the 2′ position include but are not limted to: C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH 3 , OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF 3 , OCF 3 , SOCH 3 , SO 2 CH 3 , ONO 2 , NO 2 , N 3 , NH 2 , heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties.
  • Similar'modifications can also be made at other positions on the sugar, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleotide or in 2′-5′ linked oligonucleotides and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide.
  • Modified sugars would also include those that contain modifications at the bridging ring oxygen, such as CH 2 and S, Nucleotide sugar analogs can also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar.
  • sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar.
  • Nucleotide analogs can also be modified at the phosphate moiety.
  • Modified phosphate moieties include but are not limited to those that can be modified so that the linkage between two nucleotides contains a phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonate and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates.
  • these phosphate or modified phosphate linkage between two nucleotides can be through a 3′-5′ linkage or a 2′-5′ linkage, and the linkage can contain inverted polarity such as 3′-5′ to 5′-3′ or 2′-5′ to 5′-2′.
  • Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included. Numerous United States patents teach how to make and use nucleotides containing modified phosphates and include but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • nucleotide analogs need only contain a single modification, but can also contain multiple modifications within one of the moieties or between different moieties.
  • Nucleotide substitutes are molecules having similar functional properties to nucleotides, but which do not contain a phosphate moiety, such as peptide nucleic acid (PNA). Nucleotide substitutes are molecules that will recognize nucleic acids in a Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen manner, but which are linked together through a moiety other than a phosphate moiety. Nucleotide substitutes are able to conform to a double helix type structure when interacting with the appropriate target nucleic acid.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • Nucleotide substitutes are nucleotides or nucleotide analogs that have had the phosphate moiety and/or sugar moieties replaced. Nucleotide substitutes do not contain a standard phosphorus atom. Substitutes for the phosphate can be for example, short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages.
  • morpholino linkages formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside
  • siloxane backbones sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones
  • formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones
  • alkene containing backbones sulfamate backbones
  • sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts.
  • nucleotide substitute that both the sugar and the phosphate moieties of the nucleotide can be replaced, by for example an amide type linkage (aminoethylglycine) (PNA).
  • PNA aminoethylglycine
  • conjugates can be chemically linked to the nucleotide or nucleotide analogs.
  • conjugates include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem.
  • a thioether e.g., hexyl-5-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660, 306-309; Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1993, 3, 2765-2770), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al., Nucl.
  • Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783 a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp.
  • a Watson-Crick interaction is at least one interaction with the Watson-Crick face of a nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute.
  • the Watson-Crick face of a nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute includes the C2, N1, and C6 positions of a purine based nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute and the C2, N3, C4 positions of a pyrimidine based nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute.
  • a Hoogsteen interaction is the interaction that takes place on the Hoogsteen face of a nucleotide or nucleotide analog, which is exposed in the major groove of duplex DNA.
  • the Hoogsteen face includes the N7 position and reactive groups (NH2 or O) at the C6 position of purine nucleotides.
  • SEQ ID NO: 25 One particular sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 25 used herein, as an example, to exemplify the disclosed compositions and methods. It is understood that the description related to this sequence is applicable to any sequence related to CR2, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF unless specifically indicated otherwise.
  • compositions and methods relating to a particular sequence i.e. sequences of CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF).
  • Primers and/or probes can be designed for any CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF sequence given the information disclosed herein and known in the art.
  • compositions and methods which can be used to deliver the present fusion protein compositions, immunoconjugate compositions, and nucleic acid compositions to cells, either in vitro or in vivo.
  • Compositions of the invention are preferably administered to a subject in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (19th ed.) ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. 1995. Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic.
  • Examples of the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, saline, water:oil emulsions, oil:water emulsions, water:oil:water emulsions, and Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • the pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5.
  • Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of antibody being administered.
  • compositions of the invention can be administered to the subject, patient, or cell by injection (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular), or by other methods such as infusion that ensure its delivery to the bloodstream in an effective form. Local or intravenous injection is preferred.
  • Effective dosages and schedules for administering the compositions of the invention can be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Those skilled in the art will understand that the dosage of the compositions of the invention that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the subject that will receive the composition, the route of administration, the particular type of composition used and other drugs being administered. A typical daily dosage of the compositions of the invention used alone might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • compositions and methods which can be used to deliver nucleic acids to cells, either in vitro or in vivo. These methods and compositions can largely be broken down into two classes: viral based delivery systems and non-viral based delivery systems.
  • the nucleic acids can be delivered through a number of direct delivery systems such as, electroporation, lipofection, calcium phosphate precipitation, plasmids, viral vectors, viral nucleic acids, phage nucleic acids, phages, cosmids, or via transfer of genetic material in cells or carriers such as cationic liposomes.
  • Transfer vectors can be any nucleotide construction used to deliver genes into cells (e.g., a plasmid), or as part of a general strategy to deliver genes, e.g., as part of recombinant retrovirus or adenovirus (Ram et al. Cancer Res. 53:83-88, (1993)).
  • plasmid or viral vectors are agents that transport the disclosed nucleic acids, such as SEQ ID NO: 25 into the cell without degradation and include a promoter yielding expression of the gene in the cells into which it is delivered.
  • the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVFs are derived from either a virus or a retrovirus.
  • Viral vectors are, for example, Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus, Herpes virus, Vaccinia virus, Polio virus, AIDS virus, neuronal trophic virus, Sindbis and other RNA viruses, including these viruses with the HIV backbone. Also preferred are any viral families which share the properties of these viruses which make them suitable for use as vectors. Retroviruses include Murine Maloney Leukemia virus, MMLV, and retroviruses that express the desirable properties of MMLV as a vector. Retroviral vectors are able to carry a larger genetic payload, i.e., a transgene or marker gene, than other viral vectors, and for this reason are a commonly used vector. However, they are not as useful in non-proliferating cells.
  • Adenovirus vectors are relatively stable and easy to work with, have high titers, and can be delivered in aerosol formulation, and can transfect non-dividing cells.
  • Pox viral vectors are large and have several sites for inserting genes, they are thermostable and can be stored at room temperature.
  • a preferred embodiment is a viral vector which has been engineered so as to suppress the immune response of the host organism, elicited by the viral antigens.
  • Preferred vectors of this type will carry coding regions for Interleukin 8 or 10.
  • Viral vectors can have higher transaction (ability to introduce genes) abilities than chemical or physical methods to introduce genes into cells.
  • viral vectors contain, nonstructural early genes, structural late genes, an RNA polymerase III transcript, inverted terminal repeats necessary for replication and encapsidation, and promoters to control the transcription and replication of the viral genome.
  • viruses When engineered as vectors, viruses typically have one or more of the early genes removed and a gene or gene/promotor cassette is inserted into the viral genome in place of the removed viral DNA. Constructs of this type can carry up to about 8 kb of foreign genetic material.
  • the necessary functions of the removed early genes are typically supplied by cell lines which have been engineered to express the gene products of the early genes in trans.
  • a retrovirus is an animal virus belonging to the virus family of Retroviridae, including any types, subfamilies, genus, or tropisms.
  • Retroviral vectors in general, are described by Verma, I. M., Retroviral vectors for gene transfer. In Microbiology-1985, American Society for Microbiology, pp. 229-232, Washington, (1985), which is incorporated by reference herein. Examples of methods for using retroviral vectors for gene therapy are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,868,116 and 4,980,286; PCT applications WO 90/02806 and WO 89/07136; and Mulligan, (Science 260:926-932 (1993)); the teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a retrovirus is essentially a package which has packed into it nucleic acid cargo.
  • the nucleic acid cargo carries with it a packaging signal, which ensures that the replicated daughter molecules will be efficiently packaged within the package coat.
  • a packaging signal In addition to the package signal, there are a number of molecules which are needed in cis, for the replication, and packaging of the replicated virus.
  • a retroviral genome contains the gag, pol, and env genes which are involved in the making of the protein coat. It is the gag, pol, and env genes which are typically replaced by the foreign DNA that it is to be transferred to the target cell.
  • Retrovirus vectors typically contain a packaging signal for incorporation into the package coat, a sequence which signals the start of the gag transcription unit, elements necessary for reverse transcription, including a primer binding site to bind the tRNA primer of reverse transcription, terminal repeat sequences that guide the switch of RNA strands during DNA synthesis, a purine rich sequence 5′ to the 3′ LTR that serve as the priming site for the synthesis of the second strand of DNA synthesis, and specific sequences near the ends of the LTRs that enable the insertion of the DNA state of the retrovirus to insert into the host genome.
  • a packaging signal for incorporation into the package coat a sequence which signals the start of the gag transcription unit, elements necessary for reverse transcription, including a primer binding site to bind the tRNA primer of reverse transcription, terminal repeat sequences that guide the switch of RNA strands during DNA synthesis, a purine rich sequence 5′ to the 3′ LTR that serve as the priming site for the synthesis of the second strand of DNA synthesis, and specific sequences near the ends of the
  • gag, pol, and env genes allow for about 8 kb of foreign sequence to be inserted into the viral genome, become reverse transcribed, and upon replication be packaged into a new retroviral particle. This amount of nucleic acid is sufficient for the delivery of a one to many genes depending on the size of each transcript. It is preferable to include either positive or negative selectable markers along with other genes in the insert.
  • a packaging cell line is a cell line which has been transfected or transformed with a retrovirus that contains the replication and packaging machinery, but lacks any packaging signal.
  • the vector carrying the DNA of choice is transfected into these cell lines, the vector containing the gene of interest is replicated and packaged into new retroviral particles, by the machinery provided in cis by the helper cell. The genomes for the machinery are not packaged because they lack the necessary signals.
  • viruses have been shown to achieve high efficiency gene transfer after direct, in vivo delivery to airway epithelium, hepatocytes, vascular endothelium, CNS parenchyma and a number of other tissue sites (Morsy, J. Clin. Invest. 92:1580-1586 (1993); Kirshenbaum, J. Clin. Invest. 92:381-387 (1993); Roessler, J. Clin. Invest.
  • Recombinant adenoviruses achieve gene transduction by binding to specific cell surface receptors, after which the virus is internalized by receptor-mediated endocytosis, in the same manner as wild type or replication-defective adenovirus (Chardonnet and Dales, Virology 40:462-477 (1970); Brown and Burlingham, J. Virology 12:386-396 (1973); Svensson and Persson, J. Virology 55:442-449 (1985); Seth, et al., J. Virol. 51:650-655 (1984); Seth, et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:1528-1533 (1984); Varga et al., J. Virology 65:6061-6070 (1991); Wickham et al., Cell 73:309-319 (1993)).
  • a viral vector can be one based on an adenovirus which has had the E1 gene removed and these virons are generated in a cell line such as the human 293 cell line.
  • both the E1 and E3 genes are removed from the adenovirus genome.
  • AAV adeno-associated virus
  • This defective parvovirus is a preferred vector because it can infect many cell types and is nonpathogenic to humans.
  • AAV type vectors can transport about 4 to 5 kb and wild type AAV is known to stably insert into chromosome 19. Vectors which contain this site specific integration property are preferred.
  • An especially preferred embodiment of this type of vector is the P4.1 C vector produced by Avigen, San Francisco, Calif., which can contain the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase gene, HSV-tk, and/or a marker gene, such as the gene encoding the green fluorescent protein, GFP.
  • the AAV contains a pair of inverted terminal repeats (ITRs) which flank at least one cassette containing a promoter which directs cell-specific expression operably linked to a heterologous gene.
  • ITRs inverted terminal repeats
  • Heterologous in this context refers to any nucleotide sequence or gene which is not native to the AAV or B19 parvovirus.
  • AAV and B 19 coding regions have been deleted, resulting in a safe, noncytotoxic vector.
  • the AAV ITRs, or modifications thereof, confer infectivity and site-specific integration, but not cytotoxicity, and the promoter directs cell-specific expression.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,261,834 is herein incorproated by reference for material related to the AAV vector.
  • the vectors of the present invention thus provide DNA molecules which are capable of integration into a mammalian chromosome without substantial toxicity.
  • the inserted genes in viral and retroviral usually contain promoters, and/or enhancers to help control the expression of the desired gene product.
  • a promoter is generally a sequence or sequences of DNA that function when in a relatively fixed location in regard to the transcription start site.
  • a promoter contains core elements required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, and can contain upstream elements and response elements.
  • herpes simplex virus (HSV) and Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) have the potential to deliver fragments of human heterologous DNA>150 kb to specific cells. EBV recombinants can maintain large pieces of DNA in the infected B-cells as episomal DNA.
  • Other useful systems include, for example, replicating and host-restricted non-replicating vaccinia virus vectors.
  • compositions can be delivered to the target cells in a variety of ways.
  • the compositions can be delivered through electroporation, or through lipofection, or through calcium phosphate precipitation.
  • the delivery mechanism chosen will depend in part on the type of cell targeted and whether the delivery is occurring for example in vivo or in vitro.
  • compositions can comprise, in addition to the disclosed CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF or vectors for example, lipids such as liposomes, such as cationic liposomes (e.g., DOTMA, DOPE, DC-cholesterol) or anionic liposomes.
  • lipids such as liposomes, such as cationic liposomes (e.g., DOTMA, DOPE, DC-cholesterol) or anionic liposomes.
  • Liposomes can further comprise proteins to facilitate targeting a particular cell, if desired.
  • Administration of a composition comprising a compound and a cationic liposome can be administered to the blood afferent to a target organ or inhaled into the respiratory tract to target cells of the respiratory tract.
  • liposomes see, e.g., Brigham et al. Am. J. Resp. Mol. Biol. 1:95-100 (1989); Feigner et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413-7417 (1987); U.S. Pat. No. 4,897,355.
  • the compound can be administered as a component of a microcapsule that can be targeted to specific cell types, such as macrophages, or where the diffusion of the compound or delivery of the compound from the microcapsule is designed for a specific rate or dosage.
  • delivery of the compositions to cells can be via a variety of mechanisms.
  • delivery can be via a liposome, using commercially available liposome preparations such as LIPOFECTIN, LIPOFECTAMINE (GIBCO-BRL, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.), SUPERFECT (Qiagen, Inc. Hilden, Germany) and TRANSFECTAM (Promega Biotec, Inc., Madison, Wis.), as well as other liposomes developed according to procedures standard in the art.
  • nucleic acid or vector of this invention can be delivered in vivo by electroporation, the technology for which is available from Genetronics, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) as well as by means of a SONOPORATION machine (ImaRx Pharmaceutical Corp., Arlington, Ariz.).
  • the materials can be in solution, suspension (for example, incorporated into microparticles, liposomes, or cells). These can be targeted to a particular cell type via antibodies, receptors, or receptor ligands.
  • the following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2:447-451, (1991); Bagshawe, K. D., Br. J. Cancer, 60:275-281, (1989); Bagshawe, et al., Br. J. Cancer, 58:700-703, (1988); Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 4:3-9, (1993); Battelli, et al., Cancer Immunol.
  • Vehicles such as “stealth” and other antibody conjugated liposomes (including lipid mediated drug targeting to colonic carcinoma), receptor mediated targeting of DNA through cell specific ligands, lymphocyte directed tumor targeting, and highly specific therapeutic retroviral targeting of murine glioma cells in vivo.
  • receptors are involved in pathways of endocytosis, either constitutive or ligand induced. These receptors cluster in clathrin-coated pits, enter the cell via clathrin-coated vesicles, pass through an acidified endosome in which the receptors are sorted, and then either recycle to the cell surface, become stored intracellularly, or are degraded in lysosomes.
  • the internalization pathways serve a variety of functions, such as nutrient uptake, removal of activated proteins, clearance of macromolecules, opportunistic entry of viruses and toxins, dissociation and degradation of ligand, and receptor-level regulation. Many receptors follow more than one intracellular pathway, depending on the cell type, receptor concentration, type of ligand, ligand valency, and ligand concentration. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of receptor-mediated endocytosis, has been reviewed (Brown and Greene, DNA and Cell Biology 10:6, 399-409 (1991)).
  • Nucleic acids that are delivered to cells which are to be integrated into the host cell genome typically contain integration sequences. These sequences are often viral related sequences, particularly when viral based systems are used. These viral intergration systems can also be incorporated into nucleic acids which are to be delivered using a non-nucleic acid based system of deliver, such as a liposome, so that the nucleic acid contained in the delivery system can be come integrated into the host genome.
  • Other general techniques for integration into the host genome include, for example, systems designed to promote homologous recombination with the host genome. These systems typically rely on sequence flanking the nucleic acid to be expressed that has enough homology with a target sequence within the host cell genome that recombination between the vector nucleic acid and the target nucleic acid takes place, causing the delivered nucleic acid to be integrated into the host genome. These systems and the methods necessary to promote homologous recombination are known to those of skill in the art.
  • cells or tissues can be removed and maintained outside the body according to standard protocols well known in the art.
  • the compositions can be introduced into the cells via any gene transfer mechanism, such as, for example, calcium phosphate mediated gene delivery, electroporation, microinjection or proteoliposomes.
  • the transduced cells can then be infused (e.g., in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier) or homotopically transplanted back into the subject per standard methods for the cell or tissue type. Standard methods are known for transplantation or infusion of various cells into a subject.
  • the nucleic acids that are delivered to cells typically contain expression controlling systems.
  • the inserted genes in viral and retroviral systems usually contain promoters, and/or enhancers to help control the expression of the desired gene product.
  • a promoter is generally a sequence or sequences of DNA that function when in a relatively fixed location in regard to the transcription start site.
  • a promoter contains core elements required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, and can contain upstream elements and response elements.
  • Preferred promoters controlling transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells can be obtained from various sources, for example, the genomes of viruses such as: polyoma, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably cytomegalovirus, or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. beta actin promoter.
  • the early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment which also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication (Fiers et al., Nature, 273: 113 (1978)).
  • the immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment (Greenway, P. J. et al., Gene 18: 355-360 (1982)).
  • promoters from the host cell or related species also are useful herein.
  • Enhancer generally refers to a sequence of DNA that functions at no fixed distance from the transcription start site and can be either 5′ (Laimins, L. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 78: 993 (1981)) or 3′ (Lusky, M. L., et al., Mol. Cell. Bio. 3: 1108 (1983)) to the transcription unit. Furthermore, enhancers can be within an intron (Banerji, J. L. et al., Cell 33: 729 (1983)) as well as within the coding sequence itself (Osborne, T. F., et al., Mol. Cell. Bio. 4: 1293 (1984)).
  • Enhancers function to increase transcription from nearby promoters. Enhancers also often contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. Promoters can also contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. Enhancers often determine the regulation of expression of a gene. While many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, -fetoprotein and insulin), typically one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus for general expression.
  • Preferred examples are the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
  • the promotor and/or enhancer can be specifically activated either by light or specific chemical events which trigger their function.
  • Systems can be regulated by reagents such as tetracycline and dexamethasone.
  • reagents such as tetracycline and dexamethasone.
  • irradiation such as gamma irradiation, or alkylating chemotherapy drugs.
  • the promoter and/or enhancer region can act as a constitutive promoter and/or enhancer to maximize expression of the region of the transcription unit to be transcribed.
  • the promoter and/or enhancer region be active in all eukaryotic cell types, even if it is only expressed in a particular type of cell at a particular time.
  • a preferred promoter of this type is the CMV promoter (650 bases).
  • Other preferred promoters are SV40 promoters, cytomegalovirus (full length promoter), and retroviral vector LTF.
  • GFAP glial fibrillary acetic protein
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells can also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription which can affect mRNA expression. These regions are transcribed as polyadenylated segments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding tissue factor protein. The 3′ untranslated regions also include transcription termination sites. It is preferred that the transcription unit also contains a polyadenylation region. One benefit of this region is that it increases the likelihood that the transcribed unit will be processed and transported like mRNA.
  • the identification and use of polyadenylation signals in expression constructs is well established. It is preferred that homologous polyadenylation signals be used in the transgene constructs.
  • the polyadenylation region is derived from the SV40 early polyadenylation signal and consists of about 400 bases. It is also preferred that the transcribed units contain other standard sequences alone or in combination with the above sequences improve expression from, or stability of, the construct.
  • the viral vectors can include nucleic acid sequence encoding a marker product. This marker product is used to determine if the gene has been delivered to the cell and once delivered is being expressed.
  • Preferred marker genes are the E. Coli lacZ gene, which encodes ⁇ -galactosidase, and green fluorescent protein.
  • the marker can be a selectable marker.
  • suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), thymidine kinase, neomycin, neomycin analog G418, hydromycin, and puromycin.
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • thymidine kinase thymidine kinase
  • neomycin neomycin analog G418, hydromycin
  • puromycin puromycin.
  • selectable markers When such selectable markers are successfully transferred into a mammalian host cell, the transformed mammalian host cell can survive if placed under selective pressure.
  • These cells lack the ability to grow without the addition of such nutrients as thymidine or hypoxanthine. Because these cells lack certain genes necessary for a complete nucleotide synthesis pathway, they cannot survive unless the missing nucleotides are provided in a supplemented media.
  • An alternative to supplementing the media is to introduce an intact DHFR or TK gene into cells lacking the respective genes, thus altering their growth requirements. Individual cells which were not transformed with the DHFR or TK gene will not be capable of survival in non-supplemented media.
  • the second category is dominant selection which refers to a selection scheme used in any cell type and does not require the use of a mutant cell line. These schemes typically use a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells which have a novel gene would express a protein conveying drug resistance and would survive the selection. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, (Southern P. and Berg, P., J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1: 327 (1982)), mycophenolic acid, (Mulligan, R. C. and Berg, P. Science 209: 1422 (1980)) or hygromycin, (Sugden, B. et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 5: 410-413 (1985)).
  • the three examples employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid) or hygromycin, respectively.
  • Others include the neomycin analog G418 and puramycin.
  • CR2 DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), and CR2-CVF protein that are known and herein contemplated.
  • Protein variants and derivatives are well understood to those of skill in the art and can involve amino acid sequence modifications.
  • amino acid sequence modifications typically fall into one or more of three classes: substitutional, insertional or deletional variants.
  • Insertions include amino and/or carboxyl terminal fusions as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Insertions ordinarily will be smaller insertions than those of amino or carboxyl terminal fusions, for example, on the order of one to four residues.
  • Immunogenic fusion protein derivatives such as those described in the examples, are made by fusing a polypeptide sufficiently large to confer immunogenicity to the target sequence by cross-linking in vitro or by recombinant cell culture transformed with DNA encoding the fusion.
  • Deletions are characterized by the removal of one or more amino acid residues from the protein sequence. Typically, no more than about from 2 to 6 residues are deleted at any one site within the protein molecule.
  • These variants ordinarily are prepared by site specific mutagenesis of nucleotides in the DNA encoding the protein, thereby producing DNA encoding the variant, and thereafter expressing the DNA in recombinant cell culture. Techniques for making substitution mutations at predetermined sites in DNA having a known sequence are well known, for example M13 primer mutagenesis and PCR mutagenesis.
  • Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues, but can occur at a number of different locations at once; insertions usually will be on the order of about from 1 to 10 amino acid residues; and deletions will range about from 1 to 30 residues. Deletions or insertions preferably are made in adjacent pairs, i.e. a deletion of 2 residues or insertion of 2 residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof can be combined to arrive at a final construct. The mutations must not place the sequence out of reading frame and preferably will not create complementary regions that could produce secondary mRNA structure. Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Tables 1 and 2 and are referred to as conservative substitutions.
  • Amino Acid Abbreviations alanine Ala A allosoleucine AIle arginine Arg R asparagine Asn N aspartic acid Asp D cysteine Cys C glutamic acid Glu E glutamine Gln Q glycine Gly G histidine His H isolelucine Ile I leucine Leu L lysine Lys K phenylalanine Phe F proline Pro P pyroglutamic acidp pGlu serine Ser S threonine Thr T tyrosine Tyr Y tryptophan Trp W valine Val V
  • substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, i.e., selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • the substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in the protein properties will be those in which (a) a hydrophilic residue, e.g. seryl or threonyl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e.g.
  • an electropositive side chain e.g., lysyl, arginyl, or histidyl
  • an electronegative residue e.g., glutamyl or aspartyl
  • substitutions include combinations such as, for example, Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr.
  • substitutions include combinations such as, for example, Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr.
  • Such conservatively substituted variations of each explicitly disclosed sequence are included within the mosaic polypeptides provided herein.
  • Substitutional or deletional mutagenesis can be employed to insert sites for N-glycosylation (Asn-X-Thr/Ser) or O-glycosylation (Ser or Thr).
  • Deletions of cysteine or other labile residues also may be desirable.
  • Deletions or substitutions of potential proteolysis sites, e.g. Arg is accomplished for example by deleting one of the basic residues or substituting one by glutaminyl or histidyl residues.
  • Certain post-translational derivatizations are the result of the action of recombinant host cells on the expressed polypeptide. Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently post-translationally deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and asparyl residues. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Other post-translational modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the o-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T.E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco pp 79-86 [1983]), acetylation of the N-terminal amine and, in some instances, amidation of the C-terminal carboxyl.
  • variants and derivatives of the disclosed proteins herein are through defining the variants and derivatives in terms of homology/identity to specific known sequences.
  • SEQ ID NO: 26 sets forth a particular sequence of CR2
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 sets forth a particular sequence of a DAF protein.
  • variants of these and other proteins herein disclosed which have at least, 70% or 75% or 80% or 85% or 90% or 95% homology to the stated sequence.
  • the homology can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the homology is at its highest level.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv. Appl. Math. 2: 482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85: 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
  • nucleic acids can be obtained by for example the algorithms disclosed in Zuker, M. Science 244:48-52, 1989, Jaeger et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:7706-7710, 1989, Jaeger et al. Methods Enzymol. 183:281-306, 1989 which are herein incorporated by reference for at least material related to nucleic acid alignment.
  • nucleic acids that can encode those protein sequences are also disclosed. This would include all degenerate sequences related to a specific protein sequence, i.e. all nucleic acids having a sequence that encodes one particular protein sequence as well as all nucleic acids, including degenerate nucleic acids, encoding the disclosed variants and derivatives of the protein sequences.
  • each particular nucleic acid sequence may not be written out herein, it is understood that each and every sequence is in fact disclosed and described herein through the disclosed protein sequence.
  • one of the many nucleic acid sequences that can encode the protein sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:26 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:25.
  • SEQ ID NO: 29 a disclosed conservative derivative of SEQ ID NO:26 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 29, where the isoleucine (I) at position 9 is changed to a valine (V). It is understood that for this mutation all of the nucleic acid sequences that encode this particular derivative of any of the disclosed sequences are also disclosed. It is also understood that while no amino acid sequence indicates what particular DNA sequence encodes that protein within an organism, where particular variants of a disclosed protein are disclosed herein, the known nucleic acid sequence that encodes that protein from which that protein arises is also known and herein disclosed and described.
  • antibodies is used herein in a broad sense and includes both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies. In addition to intact immunoglobulin molecules, also included in the term “antibodies” are fragments or polymers of those immunoglobulin molecules, and human or humanized versions of immunoglobulin molecules or fragments thereof; as described herein. The antibodies are tested for their desired activity using the in vitro assays described herein, or by analogous methods, after which their in vivo therapeutic and/or prophylactic activities are tested according to known clinical testing methods.
  • antibody encompasses, but is not limited to, whole immunoglobulin (i.e., an intact antibody) of any class.
  • Native antibodies are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains.
  • L light
  • H heavy
  • each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes.
  • Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges.
  • Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V(H)) followed by a number of constant domains.
  • V(H) variable domain
  • Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V(L)) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
  • Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains.
  • the light chains of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (k) and lambda (l), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes.
  • IgA human immunoglobulins
  • IgD immunoglobulins
  • IgE immunoglobulins
  • IgG immunoglobulins
  • variable is used herein to describe certain portions of the variable domains that differ in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen.
  • variability is not usually evenly distributed through the variable domains of antibodies. It is typically concentrated in three segments called complementarity determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • FR framework
  • the variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a b-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the b-sheet structure.
  • the CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies (see Kabat E. A. et al., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987)).
  • the constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
  • antibody or fragments thereof encompasses chimeric antibodies and hybrid antibodies, with dual or multiple antigen or epitope specificities, and fragments, such as scFv, sFv, F(ab′)2, Fab′, Fab and the like, including hybrid fragments.
  • fragments of the antibodies that retain the ability to bind their specific antigens are provided.
  • fragments of antibodies which maintain complement binding activity binding activity are included within the meaning of the term “antibody or fragment thereof.”
  • Such antibodies and fragments can be made by techniques known in the art and can be screened for specificity and activity according to the methods set forth in the Examples and in general methods for producing antibodies and screening antibodies for specificity and activity (See Harlow and Lane. Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988)).
  • antibody or fragments thereof conjugates of antibody fragments and antigen binding proteins (single chain antibodies) as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,704,692, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • antibody can also refer to a human antibody and/or a humanized antibody.
  • Many non-human antibodies e.g., those derived from mice, rats, or rabbits
  • are naturally antigenic in humans and thus can give rise to undesirable immune responses when administered to humans. Therefore, the use of human or humanized antibodies in the methods of the invention serves to lessen the chance that an antibody administered to a human will evoke an undesirable immune response.
  • the antibodies are generated in other species and “humanized” for administration in humans.
  • Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fc, scFv, sFv, Fv, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity.
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • donor antibody non-human species
  • Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • Humanized antibodies can also comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)).
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source that is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody.
  • humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
  • humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • variable domains both light and heavy
  • the choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important in order to reduce antigenicity.
  • the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences.
  • the human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993) and Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987)).
  • Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains.
  • humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences.
  • Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
  • FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved.
  • the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding (see, WO 94/04679, published 3 Mar. 1994).
  • the Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain of the heavy chain.
  • Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
  • the F(ab′)2 fragment is a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab′ fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region.
  • Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
  • Antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • An isolated immunogenically specific paratope or fragment of the antibody is also provided.
  • a specific immunogenic epitope of the antibody can be isolated from the whole antibody by chemical or mechanical disruption of the molecule. The purified fragments thus obtained are tested to determine their immunogenicity and specificity by the methods taught herein.
  • Immunoreactive paratopes of the antibody optionally, are synthesized directly.
  • An immunoreactive fragment is defined as an amino acid sequence of at least about two to five consecutive amino acids derived from the antibody amino acid sequence.
  • One method of producing proteins comprising the antibodies of the present invention is to link two or more peptides or polypeptides together by protein chemistry techniques.
  • peptides or polypeptides can be chemically synthesized using currently available laboratory equipment using either Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) or Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonoyl) chemistry. (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif.).
  • Fmoc 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
  • Boc tert-butyloxycarbonoyl
  • a peptide or polypeptide can be synthesized and not cleaved from its synthesis resin whereas the other fragment of an antibody can be synthesized and subsequently cleaved from the resin, thereby exposing a terminal group which is functionally blocked on the other fragment.
  • peptide condensation reactions these two fragments can be covalently joined via a peptide bond at their carboxyl and amino termini, respectively, to form an antibody, or fragment thereof.
  • the peptide or polypeptide is independently synthesized in vivo as described above. Once isolated, these independent peptides or polypeptides can be linked to form an antibody or fragment thereof via similar peptide condensation reactions.
  • enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments allow relatively short peptide fragments to be joined to produce larger peptide fragments, polypeptides or whole protein domains (Abrahmsen L et al., Biochemistry, 30:4151 (1991)).
  • native chemical ligation of synthetic peptides can be utilized to synthetically construct large peptides or polypeptides from shorter peptide fragments. This method consists of a two step chemical reaction (Dawson et al. Synthesis of Proteins by Native Chemical Ligation. Science, 266:776-779 (1994)).
  • the first step is the chemoselective reaction of an unprotected synthetic peptide-alpha-thioester with another unprotected peptide segment containing an amino-terminal Cys residue to give a thioester-linked intermediate as the initial covalent product. Without a change in the reaction conditions, this intermediate undergoes spontaneous, rapid intramolecular reaction to form a native peptide bond at the ligation site.
  • IL-8 human interleukin 8
  • unprotected peptide segments are chemically linked where the bond formed between the peptide segments as a result of the chemical ligation is an unnatural (non-peptide) bond (Schnolzer, M et al. Science, 256:221 (1992)).
  • This technique has been used to synthesize analogs of protein domains as well as large amounts of relatively pure proteins with full biological activity (deLisle Milton R C et al., Techniques in Protein Chemistry IV. Academic Press, New York, pp. 257-267 (1992)).
  • the invention also provides fragments of antibodies which have bioactivity.
  • the polypeptide fragments of the present invention can be recombinant proteins obtained by cloning nucleic acids encoding the polypeptide in an expression system capable of producing the polypeptide fragments thereof, such as an adenovirus or baculovirus expression system.
  • an expression system capable of producing the polypeptide fragments thereof, such as an adenovirus or baculovirus expression system.
  • an expression system capable of producing the polypeptide fragments thereof such as an adenovirus or baculovirus expression system.
  • an expression system capable of producing the polypeptide fragments thereof
  • an adenovirus or baculovirus expression system e.g., baculovirus expression system.
  • amino acids found to not contribute to either the activity or the binding specificity or affinity of the antibody can be deleted without a loss in the respective activity.
  • amino or carboxy-terminal amino acids are sequentially removed from either the native or the modified non-immunoglobulin molecule or the immunoglobulin molecule and the respective activity assayed in one of many available assays.
  • a fragment of an antibody comprises a modified antibody wherein at least one amino acid has been substituted for the naturally occurring amino acid at a specific position, and a portion of either amino terminal or carboxy terminal amino acids, or even an internal region of the antibody, has been replaced with a polypeptide fragment or other moiety, such as biotin, which can facilitate in the purification of the modified antibody.
  • the fragments include insertions, deletions, substitutions, or other selected modifications of particular regions or specific amino acids residues, provided the activity of the fragment is not significantly altered or impaired compared to the nonmodified antibody or antibody fragment. These modifications can provide for some additional property, such as to remove or add amino acids capable of disulfide bonding, to increase its bio-longevity, to alter its secretory characteristics, etc. In any case, the fragment must possess a bioactive property, such as binding activity, regulation of binding at the binding domain, etc. Functional or active regions of the antibody can be identified by mutagenesis of a specific region of the protein, followed by expression and testing of the expressed polypeptide.
  • immunoassay formats can be used to select antibodies that selectively bind with a particular protein, variant, or fragment.
  • solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies selectively immunoreactive with a protein, protein variant, or fragment thereof. See Harlow and Lane. Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that could be used to determine selective binding.
  • the binding affinity of a monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • an antibody reagent kit comprising containers of the monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof of the invention and one or more reagents for detecting binding of the antibody or fragment thereof to the Fc receptor molecule.
  • the reagents can include, for example, fluorescent tags, enzymatic tags, or other tags.
  • the reagents can also include secondary or tertiary antibodies or reagents for enzymatic reactions, wherein the enzymatic reactions produce a product that can be visualized.
  • the human antibodies of the invention can be prepared using any technique. Examples of techniques for human monoclonal antibody production include those described by Cole et al. ( Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy , Alan R. Liss, p. 77, 1985) and by Boerner et al. ( J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95, 1991). Human antibodies of the invention (and fragments thereof) can also be produced using phage display libraries (Hoogenboom et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:381, 1991; Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581, 1991).
  • the human antibodies of the invention can also be obtained from transgenic animals.
  • transgenic, mutant mice that are capable of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies, in response to immunization, have been described (see, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2551-255 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362:255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immunol., 7:33 (1993)).
  • the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (J(H)) gene in these chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production, and the successful transfer of the human germ-line antibody gene array into such germ-line mutant mice results in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge.
  • Antibodies having the desired activity are selected using Env-CD4-co-receptor complexes as described herein.
  • Antibodies of the invention are preferably administered to a subject in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (19th ed.) ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. 1995.
  • an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic.
  • the pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier include, but are not limited to, saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • the pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5.
  • Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of antibody being administered.
  • the antibodies can be administered to the subject, patient, or cell by injection (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular), or by other methods such as infusion that ensure its delivery to the bloodstream in an effective form. Local or intravenous injection is preferred.
  • Effective dosages and schedules for administering the antibodies can be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Those skilled in the art will understand that the dosage of antibodies that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the subject that will receive the antibody, the route of administration, the particular type of antibody used and other drugs being administered. Guidance in selecting appropriate doses for antibodies is found in the literature on therapeutic uses of antibodies, e.g., Handbook of Monoclonal Antibodies, Ferrone et al., eds., Noges Publications, Park Ridge, N.J., (1985) ch. 22 and pp.
  • a typical daily dosage of the antibody used alone might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • an antibody of the invention is efficacious in treating or inhibiting an HIV infection in a subject by observing that the antibody reduces viral load or prevents a further increase in viral load.
  • Viral loads can be measured by methods that are known in the art, for example, using polymerase chain reaction assays to detect the presence of HIV nucleic acid or antibody assays to detect the presence of HIV protein in a sample (e.g., but not limited to, blood) from a subject or patient, or by measuring the level of circulating anti-HIV antibody levels in the patient.
  • Efficacy of the antibody treatment can also be determined by measuring the number of CD4 + T cells in the HIV-infected subject.
  • compositions of the invention can also be administered to patients or subjects as a nucleic acid preparation (e.g., DNA or RNA) that encodes the antibody or antibody fragment, such that the patient's or subject's own cells take up the nucleic acid and produce and secrete the encoded composition (e.g., CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF).
  • a nucleic acid preparation e.g., DNA or RNA
  • the nucleic acids of the present invention can be in the form of naked DNA or RNA, or the nucleic acids can be in a vector for delivering the nucleic acids to the cells, whereby the antibody-encoding DNA fragment is under the transcriptional regulation of a promoter, as would be well understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the vector can be a commercially available preparation, such as an adenovirus vector (Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc. (Laval, Quebec, Canada). Delivery of the nucleic acid or vector to cells can be via a variety of mechanisms.
  • delivery can be via a liposome, using commercially available liposome preparations such as LIPOFECTIN, LIPOFECTAMINE (GIBCO-BRL, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.), SUPERFECT (Qiagen, Inc. Hilden, Germany) and TRANSFECTAM (Promega Biotec, Inc., Madison, Wis.), as well as other liposomes developed according to procedures standard in the art.
  • the nucleic acid or vector of this invention can be delivered in vivo by electroporation, the technology for which is available from Genetronics, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) as well as by means of a SONOPORATION machine (ImaRx Pharmaceutical Corp., Arlington, Ariz.).
  • vector delivery can be via a viral system, such as a retroviral vector system which can package a recombinant retroviral genome (see e.g., Pastan et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:4486, 1988; Miller et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 6:2895, 1986).
  • the recombinant retrovirus can then be used to infect and thereby deliver to the infected cells nucleic acid encoding a broadly neutralizing antibody (or active fragment thereof) of the invention.
  • the exact method of introducing the altered nucleic acid into mammalian cells is, of course, not limited to the use of retroviral vectors.
  • the dosage for administration of adenovirus to humans can range from about 10 7 to 10 9 plaque forming units (pfu) per injection but can be as high as 10 12 pfu per injection (Crystal, Hum. Gene Ther. 8:985-1001, 1997; Alvarez and Curiel, Hum. Gene Ther. 8:597-613, 1997).
  • a subject can receive a single injection, or, if additional injections are necessary, they can be repeated at six month intervals (or other appropriate time intervals, as determined by the skilled practitioner) for an indefinite period and/or until the efficacy of the treatment has been established.
  • Parenteral administration of the nucleic acid or vector of the present invention is generally characterized by injection.
  • Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution of suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • a more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system such that a constant dosage is maintained. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,610,795, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • suitable formulations and various routes of administration of therapeutic compounds see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (19th ed.) ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. 1995.
  • compositions can also be administered in vivo in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to a subject, along with the nucleic acid or vector, without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.
  • the carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art.
  • compositions can be administered orally, parenterally (e.g., intravenously), by intramuscular injection, by intraperitoneal injection, transdermally, extracorporeally, topically or the like, although topical intranasal administration or administration by inhalant is typically preferred.
  • topical intranasal administration means delivery of the compositions into the nose and nasal passages through one or both of the nares and can comprise delivery by a spraying mechanism or droplet mechanism, or through aerosolization of the nucleic acid or vector. The latter is effective when a large number of animals is to be treated simultaneously.
  • Administration of the compositions by inhalant can be through the nose or mouth via delivery by a spraying or droplet mechanism.
  • compositions can also be directly to any area of the respiratory system (e.g., lungs) via intubation.
  • the exact amount of the compositions required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, weight and general condition of the subject, the severity of the allergic disorder being treated, the particular nucleic acid or vector used, its mode of administration and the like. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact amount for every composition. However, an appropriate amount can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation given the teachings herein.
  • Parenteral administration of the composition is generally characterized by injection.
  • Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution of suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • a more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system such that a constant dosage is maintained. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,610,795, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the materials can be in solution, suspension (for example, incorporated into microparticles, liposomes, or cells). These can be targeted to a particular cell type via antibodies, receptors, or receptor ligands.
  • the following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2:447-451, (1991); Bagshawe, K. D., Br. J. Cancer, 60:275-281, (1989); Bagshawe, et al., Br. J. Cancer, 58:700-703, (1988); Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 4:3-9, (1993); Battelli, et al., Cancer Immunol.
  • Vehicles such as “stealth” and other antibody conjugated liposomes (including lipid mediated drug targeting to colonic carcinoma), receptor mediated targeting of DNA through cell specific ligands, lymphocyte directed tumor targeting, and highly specific therapeutic retroviral targeting of murine glioma cells in vivo.
  • receptors are involved in pathways of endocytosis, either constitutive or ligand induced. These receptors cluster in clathrin-coated pits, enter the cell via clathrin-coated vesicles, pass through an acidified endosome in which the receptors are sorted, and then either recycle to the cell surface, become stored intracellularly, or are degraded in lysosomes.
  • the internalization pathways serve a variety of functions, such as nutrient uptake, removal of activated proteins, clearance of macromolecules, opportunistic entry of viruses and toxins, dissociation and degradation of ligand, and receptor-level regulation. Many receptors follow more than one intracellular pathway, depending on the cell type, receptor concentration, type of ligand, ligand valency, and ligand concentration. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of receptor-mediated endocytosis has been reviewed (Brown and Greene, DNA and Cell Biology 10:6, 399-409 (1991)).
  • compositions including antibodies, can be used therapeutically in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions can be administered intramuscularly or subcutaneously. Other compounds will be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art.
  • compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, antiinflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. Administration can be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally), orally, by inhalation, or parenterally, for example by intravenous drip, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection.
  • the disclosed antibodies can be administered intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, or transdermally.
  • Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils.
  • Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
  • Formulations for topical administration can include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.
  • Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
  • compositions for oral administration include powders or granules, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, sachets, or tablets. Thickeners, flavorings, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable.
  • compositions can be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid- or base- addition salt, formed by reaction with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid, and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid, or by reaction with an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and organic bases such as mono-, di-, trialkyl and aryl amines and substituted ethanolamines.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid
  • organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic
  • the dosage ranges for the administration of the compositions are those large enough to produce the desired effect in which the symptoms disorder are effected.
  • the dosage should not be so large as to cause adverse side effects, such as unwanted cross-reactions, anaphylactic reactions, and the like.
  • the dosage will vary with the age, condition, sex and extent of the disease in the patient and can be determined by one of skill in the art.
  • the dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any counterindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days.
  • nucleic acids and proteins can be represented as a sequence consisting of the nucleotides of amino acids.
  • nucleotide guanosine can be represented by G or g.
  • amino acid valine can be represented by Val or V.
  • Those of skill in the art understand how to display and express any nucleic acid or protein sequence in any of the variety of ways that exist, each of which is considered herein disclosed.
  • display of these sequences on computer readable mediums, such as, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks, or other computer readable mediums.
  • binary code representations of the disclosed sequences are also disclosed.
  • computer readable mediums such as, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks, or other computer readable mediums.
  • computer readable mediums such as, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks, or other computer readable
  • compositions can be used as targets for any molecular modeling technique to identify either the structure of the disclosed compositions or to identify potential or actual molecules, such as small molecules, which interact in a desired way with the disclosed compositions.
  • nucleic acids, peptides, and related molecules disclosed herein can be used as targets in any molecular modeling program or approach.
  • molecules such as macromolecular molecules, will be identified that have particular desired properties such as inhibition or stimulation or the target molecule's function.
  • the molecules identified and isolated when using the disclosed compositions such as CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF are also disclosed.
  • compositions such as, CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF, are also considered herein disclosed.
  • CHARMm performs the energy minimization and molecular dynamics functions.
  • QUANTA performs the construction, graphic modeling and analysis of molecular structure. QUANTA allows interactive construction, modification, visualization, and analysis of the behavior of molecules with each other.
  • kits that are drawn to reagents that can be used in practicing the methods disclosed herein.
  • the kits can include any reagent or combination of reagent discussed herein or that would be understood to be required or beneficial in the practice of the disclosed methods.
  • the kits could include primers to perform the amplification reactions discussed in certain embodiments of the methods, as well as the buffers and enzymes required to use the primers as intended.
  • kits for assessing a subject's risk for cancer for example, disclosed is a kit for assessing a subject's risk for cancer, asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, reactive arthritis, spndyarthritis, systemic vasculitis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, multiple sclerosis, experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, Sjögren's syndrome, graft versus host disease, inflammatory bowel disease including Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, Ischemia reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, alzheimer's disease, transplant rejection (allogeneic and xenogeneic), thermal trauma, any immune complex-induced inflammation, glomerulonephritis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, cerebral lupus, Guillain-Barre syndrome, vasculitis, systemic sclerosis, anaphlaxis, catheter reactions, atheroma, infertility, thyroiditis
  • compositions disclosed herein have certain functions, such as modulating complement acitvity or binding CR2, CR3, or C3b.
  • certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions and it is understood that there are a variety of structures which can perform the same function which are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will ultimately achieve the same result, for example stimulation or inhibition complement activity.
  • compositions disclosed herein and the compositions necessary to perform the disclosed methods can be made using any method known to those of skill in the art for that particular reagent or compound unless otherwise specifically noted.
  • compositions comprising a construct, wherein the construct comprises CR2 and a modulator of complement. Also disclosed are methods of making a composition, wherein the composition is the composition of the invention.
  • One method of producing the disclosed proteins is to link two or more peptides or polypeptides together by protein chemistry techniques.
  • peptides or polypeptides can be chemically synthesized using currently available laboratory equipment using either Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) or Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonoyl) chemistry. (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif.).
  • Fmoc 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
  • Boc tert-butyloxycarbonoyl
  • a peptide or polypeptide can be synthesized and not cleaved from its synthesis resin whereas the other fragment of a peptide or protein can be synthesized and subsequently cleaved from the resin, thereby exposing a terminal group which is functionally blocked on the other fragment.
  • peptide condensation reactions these two fragments can be covalently joined via a peptide bond at their carboxyl and amino termini, respectively, to form an antibody, or fragment thereof.
  • peptide or polypeptide is independently synthesized in vivo as described herein. Once isolated, these independent peptides or polypeptides can be linked to form a peptide or fragment thereof via similar peptide condensation reactions.
  • enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments allow relatively short peptide fragments to be joined to produce larger peptide fragments, polypeptides or whole protein domains (Abrahmsen L et al., Biochemistry, 30:4151 (1991)).
  • native chemical ligation of synthetic peptides can be utilized to synthetically construct large peptides or polypeptides from shorter peptide fragments. This method consists of a two step chemical reaction (Dawson et al. Synthesis of Proteins by Native Chemical Ligation. Science, 266:776-779 (1994)).
  • the first step is the chemoselective reaction of an unprotected synthetic peptide-thioester with another unprotected peptide segment containing an amino-terminal Cys residue to give a thioester-linked intermediate as the initial covalent product. Without a change in the reaction conditions, this intermediate undergoes spontaneous, rapid intramolecular reaction to form a native peptide bond at the ligation site (Baggiolini M et al. (1992) FEBS Lett. 307:97-101; Clark-Lewis I et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:16075 (1994); Clark-Lewis I et al., Biochemistry, 30:3128 (1991); Rajarathnam K et al., Biochemistry 33:6623-30 (1994)).
  • unprotected peptide segments are chemically linked where the bond formed between the peptide segments as a result of the chemical ligation is an unnatural (non-peptide) bond (Schnolzer, M et al. Science, 256:221 (1992)).
  • This technique has been used to synthesize analogs of protein domains as well as large amounts of relatively pure proteins with full biological activity (deLisle Milton R C et al., Techniques in Protein Chemistry IV. Academic Press, New York, pp. 257-267 (1992)).
  • compositions as well as making the intermediates leading to the compositions.
  • nucleic acids in SEQ ID NOs: 5 there are a variety of methods that can be used for making these compositions, such as synthetic chemical methods and standard molecular biology methods. It is understood that the methods of making these and the other disclosed compositions are specifically disclosed.
  • nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid comprising the sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 25 and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleic acid.
  • nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence having 80% identity to a sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 25, and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleic acid.
  • animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal with any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein Disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein, wherein the animal is a mammal. Also disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein, wherein the mammal is mouse, rat, rabbit, cow, sheep, pig, or primate.
  • animals produced by the process of adding to the animal any of the cells disclosed herein.
  • Rabbit antiserum to CHO cell membrane, purified human DAF and CD59 was prepared by standard techniques (31).
  • Mouse anti-DAF mAb 1H4 (32), rat anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1 (33) and mouse anti human CR2 mAb 171 (binds to SCR 1-2) (34) are described.
  • Anti-sheep erythrocyte IgM was from Research Diagnostic Inc. (Flanders, N.J.). All secondary antibodies were purchased from Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.).
  • Purified recombinant sCD59 was a gift from Dr. B. P. Morgan (University of Wales, Cambridge, UK).
  • C6-depleted human serum was purchased from Quidel (San Diego, Calif.) and normal human serum (NHS) was obtained from the blood of healthy volunteers in the laboratory.
  • FIG. 1 The recombinant fusion proteins and soluble complement inhibitors prepared are depicted in FIG. 1 .
  • cDNA constructs were prepared by joining the CR2 sequence encoding the 4 N-terminal SCR units (residues 1-250 of mature protein, Swissprot accession no. P20023) to sequences encoding extracellular regions of DAF or CD59.
  • the complement inhibitor sequences used encoded residues 1-249 of mature DAF protein sequence (Swissprot accession no. P08174) and residues 1-77 of mature CD59 protein sequence (Swissprot accession no. P13987).
  • linking sequences encoding SS(GGGGS) 3 and (GGGS) 2 were used for fusion proteins containing CR2 at the C-terminus and N-terminus, respectively.
  • Gene constructs were prepared by standard PCR methodology (35). All cloning steps were performed in the PBM vector that was also used for protein expression (30).
  • plasmids were transfected into CHO cells using lipofectamine according to manufacturer's instructions (GIBCO). Stably transfected clones were selected by limiting dilution as described (30) and protein expression of clones quantitated by ELISA.
  • Detection of recombinant proteins and determination of relative protein concentration in culture supernatants was achieved using a standard ELISA technique (31). Depending on which type of recombinant protein was being assayed, the capture antibody was either anti-DAF mAb 1H4 or anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1. Primary detection antibodies were either anti-DAF or anti-CD59 rabbit polyclonal antibody. In some ELISAs, anti-CR2 mAb A-3 was also used as primary detection antibody, and although less sensitive, similar data was obtained. The protein concentration of recombinant proteins was determined either by UV absorbance or by using a BCA protein assay kit (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford Ill.).
  • Recombinant proteins were purified from culture supernatant by affinity chromatography. Affinity columns were prepared by coupling either anti-DAF 1H4 mAb or anti-CD59 YTH53.1 mAb to HiTrap NHS-activated affinity columns (Pharmacia Biotech, New Jersey, USA) as described by the manufacturer. Culture supernatants containing recombinant proteins were adjusted to pH 8.0 and applied to affinity columns at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. The column was washed with 6 to 8 column volumes of PBS, and recombinant proteins eluted with 2 to 3 column volumes of 0.1 M glycine, pH 2.4. The fractions containing fusion protein were collected into tubes containing 1 M Tris buffer, pH 8.0 and dialyzed against PBS.
  • recombinant proteins were separated in SDS-PAGE 10% acrylamide gels (Bio-Rad Life Science, Hercules, Calif.) under nonreducing conditions. Gels were stained with Coomassie blue. For Western blotting, standard procedures were followed (31). Briefly, separated proteins were transferred to a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane, and the transferred proteins detected by means of either anti-DAF mAb 1H4 or anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1. Membranes were developed with ECL detection kit (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, N.J.). CR2-CD59 was also analyzed by SDS-PAGE following glycanase treatment. CR2-CD59 (2 mg) was heated at 95° C.
  • CR2-CD59 was incubated with 3 U of Flavobacterium meningosepticum N-glycanase (EC 3.5.1.52, Sigma) for 20 h at 37 oC in the presence of 1% Nonidet P40 and 0.3 mM PMSF.
  • Binding of recombinant fusion proteins to C3-opsonized cells was determined by flow cytometry. CHO cells were incubated in 10% anti-CHO antiserum (30 min/4° C.), washed and incubated in 10% C6-depleted NHS (45 min/37° C.). The C3 opsonized cells were then washed and incubated with 1 ⁇ M recombinant protein (60 min/4° C.). After washing, cells were incubated with 10 ⁇ g/ml of either anti-DAF mAb 1H4 or anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1 as appropriate (30 min/4° C.), followed by FITC-conjugated secondary antibody (1:100, 30 min/4° C.).
  • Binding was evaluated over a range of CR2 fusion protein concentrations (15.6-500 nM) in 0.5 ⁇ PBS, 0.05% Tween 20 at 25° C. at a flow rate of 25 ⁇ l/minute.
  • CR2 fusion protein samples were injected in 50 ⁇ l aliquots using the kinject command. Association of the fusion proteins with the ligand was monitored for 120 seconds, after which the complex was allowed to dissociate in the presence of buffer only for an additional 120 seconds. The binding surface was regenerated between analyses of different fusion protein concentrations by a 10 second pulse of 200 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.5) at 50 ⁇ l/min.
  • Binding of CR2 fusion protein fragments to C3d-immobilized flow cells was corrected for binding to control flow cells. Binding data were fitted to a 1:1 Langmuir binding model using BIAevaluation Version 3.1 software (BIAcore) and evaluated for best fit by low residual and ⁇ 2 values. The kinetic dissociation profiles obtained were used to calculate on and off-rates (k a and k d ) and affinity constants (K D ) using the BIAevaluation Version 3.1 program. Between experiments, the streptavidin surface was regenerated with a 60-s pulse of 50 mM sodium hydroxide (pH 9.5) at 50 ⁇ l/minute, and C3dg-biotin was reapplied as described above.
  • CHO cells at 60%-80% confluence were detached with versene (GIBCO), washed twice, and resuspended to 10 6 /ml in DMEM.
  • Cells were sensitized to complement by adding 10% rabbit anti-CHO cell membrane antiserum to cells (30 min/4° C.). Antiserum was then removed and cells resuspended in NHS diluted in DMEM. Final assay volumes were either 50 or 100 After 45 min at 37° C., cell viability was determined either by trypan blue exclusion (both live and dead cells counted) or 51 Cr release (37). Both assays gave similar results.
  • To assay complement inhibitory activity of recombinant proteins the proteins were diluted in DMEM and added to NHS before addition to CHO cells.
  • C3 bound to erythrocytes following this treatment is in the form of iC3b or C3d degredation products (CR2 ligands) due to the short half life of C3b in serum.
  • U937 cells (4 ⁇ 10 5 cells in 200 ⁇ l) were added to 50 ⁇ l of C3 opsonized SRBC (2 ⁇ 10 6 cells) and the mixture centrifuged (4 min/40 ⁇ g) and left at room temperature for 90 min. Cells were then examined by phase contrast microscopy and number of U937 cells adherent to erythrocytes determined. At least 100 erythrocytes were scored per sample, and average number of U937 cells bound per erythrocyte calculated. Triplicate determinations were made for each experiment performed.
  • U937 cells were cultured for 3 days in the presence of 50 ng/ml phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) before harvest, a treatment that results in upregulation of CR3 (39, 40).
  • PMA phorbol myristate acetate
  • CR2-DAF or sDAF (270 ⁇ g) was injected into the tail vein of 24-week-old MRL/lpr mice. Twenty-four hours later, kidneys were removed and snap frozen. Cryostat sections (5 ⁇ m) prepared from frozen kidneys were fixed in acetone and processed for indirect immunofluorescence microscopy. An equimolar mixture of mouse antihuman DAF 1A10 and 1H6 mAbs were used as primary detection antibodies (final concentration, 10 ⁇ g/ml) with an anti-mouse IgG Fc-specific FITC-conjugated secondary antibody (F4143, Sigma-Aldrich).
  • Standard procedures were followed (49, incorporated herein by reference for its teaching of antibody staining techniques), except that to reduce background staining, most likely caused by deposited immune complexes in the mouse kidney, the secondary FITC-labeled antibody was diluted 1:800 (10 times the recommended dilution). Digital images were acquired and optimized with Adobe Photoshop using identical settings.
  • Recombinant fusion proteins contained the four N-terminal SCR units of human CR2 linked to either the N or C terminus of soluble forms of human CD59 or DAF (constructs depicted in FIG. 1 ).
  • Recombinant proteins were purified from the culture supernatant of stably transfected CHO cell clones with yields of between 100-200 ⁇ g/l.
  • Analysis of purified recombinant proteins by SDS-PAGE and Western blot revealed proteins within expected molecular weight range ( FIG. 2 ), and except for CR2-CD59, all proteins migrated as a single band. The two bands seen for CR2-CD59 were due to differences in glycosylation, since CR2-CD59 migrated as a single band following glycanase treatment.
  • C3 ligand for CR2 was deposited on CHO cells by incubation of CHO cells with complement activating antibody and C6-depleted serum (to prevent MAC formation and cell lysis). All CR2-containing fusion proteins, but not sCD59 or sDAF, bound to C3-coated CHO cells ( FIG. 3 ).
  • Complement inhibitory activity of the targeted and untargeted complement inhibitors was analyzed by measuring their effect on complement-mediated lysis of both CHO cells and erythrocytes.
  • antibody sensitized cells and recombinant proteins were incubated in human serum at a concentration that resulted in 90-100% lysis of unprotected cells.
  • the targeted complement inhibitors were significantly more effective than their respective untargeted proteins at inhibiting complement-mediated lysis.
  • Targeted DAF proteins were more effective inhibitors than targeted CD59 ( FIGS. 5 and 6 ). Fusion proteins containing CR2 linked to the N-terminus of either DAF and CD59 were more effective inhibitors than C-terminal CR2 fusion proteins.
  • CR2-DAF The most potent inhibitor of complement lysis was CR2-DAF, requiring a concentration of 18 nM for 50% inhibition of CHO cell lysis.
  • untargeted sDAF required a concentration of 375 nM for 50% inhibition of CHO cell lysis, a 20-fold difference ( FIG. 5 a ).
  • sCD59 was a particularly poor inhibitor of complement and provided only 25% protection from CHO cell lysis at 500 nM, the highest concentration tested.
  • CR2-CD59 however, provided 50% inhibition of CHO cell lysis at 102 nM and was more effective than untargeted sDAF ( FIG. 6 a ).
  • Table 4 compares the inhibitory activities of the different recombinant complement inhibitors. The higher complement inhibitory activity of the N-terminus CR2 fusion proteins correlated with the higher affinity these proteins exhibited for C3dg ligand (Table 3).
  • Complement receptor 3 is a leukocyte receptor involved in endothelial adhesion and diapedesis and the activation of cell cytolytic mechanisms (phagocytosis and degranulation). Since CR2 and CR3 share the same iC3b complement ligand, it was determined whether CR2 fusion proteins interfered with CR3-mediated cell binding. For these experiments U937, a well characterized promonocytic cell line (CRT, CR3) that binds to iC3b coated erythrocytes in a CR3-dependent mechanism, was used (40).
  • CRT promonocytic cell line
  • U937 cells also express CR4 (p150,95, CD11c/CD18), a third receptor sharing the iC3b ligand.
  • CR4 p150,95, CD11c/CD18
  • binding of U937 cells to C3-opsonized erythrocytes is CR4-independent, probably due to the association of CR4 with the cytoskeleton and its immobility in the membrane (40).
  • NZB/W F1 mice develop a spontaneous autoimmune disease that is very similar to human systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), with the production of autoantibodies and the development of severe immune complex-mediated glomerulonephritis that is associated with complement deposition from 26 to 28 weeks of age (4, 52).
  • SLE human systemic lupus erythematosus
  • Biodistribution of [ 125 I]CR2-DAF and [ 125 I]sDAF in 34-week-old NZB/W F1 mice was determined at 24 hours and 48 hours after injection.
  • CR2-DAF CR2-DAF to complement deposited in the kidney was also examined in another murine model of SLE by direct examination of kidney sections. Similar to female NZB/W F1 mice, MRL/lpr mice develop severe proliferative glomerulonephritis with the deposition of complement in association with glomerular immune deposits by 24 weeks of age (53, incorporated herein for its teaching of this mouse model). CR2-DAF and sDAF were injected into the tail vein of 24-week-old MRL/lpr mice, and kidney sections were analyzed 24 hours later for human DAF immunoreactivity by fluorescence microscopy.
  • Kidney sections from a mouse injected with CR2-DAF displayed a high level of DAF staining, with preferential localization in glomeruli in a pattern identical to that seen for immune complexes. No DAF staining was evident in glomeruli from a mouse injected with sDAF ( FIG. 26 ).
  • mice produce autoantibodies with consequent formation and deposition of immune complexes in the kidney resulting in complement activation and deposition (2, 43).
  • Human CR2 binds human and mouse C3 ligands with similar affinities (44), and the biodistribution studies establish that a CR2-fusion protein retains targeting function in vivo. This study establishes the feasibility of this approach for human complement inhibition.
  • the targeting approach can also be effective for other inhibitors of complement activation such as soluble CR1, which is in clinical trials and is a more potent inhibitor of complement than DAF in vitro (9).
  • the relative affinities for C3dg of the different CR2 fusion proteins is reminiscent of the affinities of SCR 1-2 of CR2 and SCR 1-15 of CR2 for C3dg.
  • the KD values for CR2SCR1-2 and CR2SCR 1-15 interactions with C3dg were similar, but CR2SCR 1-2 associated and dissociated much faster, indicating a contribution of the additional SCR domains to overall affinity (36).
  • Conformational variability between SCR domains is predicted to result from different (native) linker lengths, with longer linkers providing greater conformational flexibility.
  • the CR2 and DAF SCR domains are linked with a relatively long ser-gly linker, and this can permit the fusion partners to fold back on one another resulting in SCR-SCR interactions that can modulate CR2 binding affinity.
  • Complement-mediated lysis assays were performed using antibody sensitized CHO cells or sheep erythrocytes as targets. There were marked differences in the relative activities of some of the complement inhibitors at protecting the different cells from complement-mediated lysis. sDAF, DAF-CR2, and CD59-CR2 were significantly more effective at protecting sheep erythrocytes than CHO cells from complement-mediated lysis. Unlike rythrocytes, complement-mediated lysis of nucleated cells is not due entirely to colloid osmotic deregulation, and the deposition of multiple MACs in the plasma membrane is required (46-48). The majority of previous studies investigating the inhibitory activity of soluble (untargeted) complement inhibitors have been performed using erythrocytes as target cells for complement mediated lysis. However, CHO cells likely represent a more physiologically relevant target for in vitro experiments.
  • a particular benefit of blocking complement at a late step in the pathway would be that host defense functions and immune homeostasis mechanisms of complement would remain intact.
  • a CD59-based inhibitor would provide advantages over inhibitors of complement activation in diseases in which the terminal cytolytic pathway is primarily implicated in pathogenesis. Soluble CD59 is unlikely to have therapeutic benefit due to its very poor activity in vitro, but it was shown herein that CR2-mediated targeting of CD59 significantly increased its complement inhibitory activity.
  • CR2-CD59 was more effective at inhibiting complement-mediated lysis than sDAF, and sDAF has shown therapeutic efficacy in vivo (8).
  • Rodent analogues of CR2-CD59 can also be a useful tools for dissecting the relative roles of early complement activation products vs. MAC formation in disease pathogenesis. The relative contributions of the different complement activation products to tissue injury in many disease states is poorly understood and controversial.
  • CR2 fusion proteins inhibited the binding of U937 cells to C3-opsonized erythrocytes.
  • CR2 and CR3 both bind iC3b, and this data indicates that CR2 fusion proteins act as CR3 antagonists since U937 binding to C3-opsonized erythrocytes is CR3-dependent (40).
  • CR3 mediates endothelial adhesion and diapedesis at sites of inflammation via its high affinity interaction with intercellular adhesion molecule-1 (ICAM-1).
  • IAM-1 intercellular adhesion molecule-1
  • CR3 promotes and enhances phagocytosis and degranulation via its interaction with iC3b.
  • CR3 can thus be an important determinant in promoting cell-mediated tissue damage at sites of inflammation, and antibodies that block CR3 have shown effectiveness in several inflammatory conditions (see Ross review).
  • the antagonistic effect of CR2 on CR3 binding therefore indicates a second anti-inflammatory mechanism of action of the CR2-complement inhibitor fusion proteins that act synergistically with complement inhibition.
  • CR2-mediated targeting over other targeting approaches, such as antibody-mediated targeting, is that the CR2 moiety targets any accessible site of complement activation and has broad therapeuticapplication.
  • CR2 fusion proteins can also act as CR3 antagonists, and this can represent a second important therapeutic benefit.
  • Human CR2-complement inhibitor fusion proteins are also much less likely to be immunogenic than recombinant inhibitors containing antibody variable regions.
  • CR2-tageted inhibitors can also target infectious agents that activate complement.
  • Complement inhibitors hold considerable promise for the therapy of many autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, and disease states associated with bioincompatibility.
  • a safe and effective pharmaceutical inhibitor of complement is not currently available.
  • Research has largely focused on developing soluble inhibitors based on host membrane-bound complement-regulatory proteins. Recombinant forms of soluble CR1, MCP, DAF and Crry have been produced by removal of membrane-linking regions, and all proteins have been shown to be effective at reducing inflammation and complement-mediated tissue damage in various models of disease. Soluble CR1 and an antibody that blocks the function of complement protein C5 are in clinical trials. There are, however, serious questions concerning the clinical use of systemically administered soluble complement inhibitors.
  • Complement plays a crucial role in both innate and adaptive immunity, and the generation of C3b is critical for the opsonization and leukocyte-mediated clearance of many pathogenic microorganisms.
  • the fluid phase complement activation product C5 a has been shown to be important in controlling infection and can be important in the clearance of pathogenic substances from the circulation. Systemic inhibition of complement is therefore likely to have serious consequences for the host regarding its ability to control infection.
  • Complement is also crucial for the effective catabolism of immune complexes, and this is a particularly important consideration in the use of complement inhibitors for the treatment of autoimmune and immune complex diseases.
  • the targeting of complement inhibitors to sites of complement activation and disease can allow a much lower effective serum concentration and significantly reduce the level of systemic complement inhibition. Increased efficacy is an important benefit of targeted complement inhibitors, and targeting can also address the problem of a short half life of soluble recombinant complement inhibitors in the circulation.
  • selectively blocking different parts of the complement pathway can allow the generation of beneficial complement activation products, but inhibit the generation of complement activation products involved in disease pathogenesis.
  • inhibitors of complement activation such as CR1, DAF, Crry
  • C3b, C5a and C5b-9 generation inhibit C3b, C5a and C5b-9 generation.
  • Antibodies to C5 inhibit C5a and C5b-9 generation.
  • CD59-based inhibitors do not effect C3b and C5a generation, but block only C5b-9 formation (see FIG. 8 ).
  • the terminal complement pathway and C5b-9 generation has been shown to be important in promoting inflammation and is in particular implicated in the progression of some diseases of the kidney (such as immune complex glomerulonephritis).
  • a CD59-based inhibitor can inhibit disease pathogenesis without interfering with the generation of early complement activation products that are important for host defense and immune complex clearance.
  • soluble CD59 is not an effective inhibitor of complement (unlike inhibitors of activation DAF, CR1, MCP or Crry), and is unlikely to have any clinical application.
  • Cell targeted CD59 can represent a viable therapeutic.
  • Data using antibody-mediated targeting of CD59 [Zhang et al., 1999, J. Clin.Invest., 103, 55-61], and the data presented herein with CR2-mediated targeting of CD59 show that CD59 targeted to a cell membrane is significantly more effective than soluble untargeted CD59.
  • human fusion proteins that have been expressed, purified and characterized for targeting and assessed for complement inhibitory function in vitro as previously described include the following: CR2-DAF, CR2-CD59, DAF-CR2, and CD59-CR2.
  • the nucleotide sequences and predicted amino acid sequences of mature human fusion proteins are shown in FIGS. 8-11 .
  • cDNA plasmid constructs encoding the fusion proteins were transfected into CHO cells and stably expressing clones isolated. Clones expressing highest levels of fusion protein were selected. The selected clones were grown in bioreactors and fusion proteins isolated from culture supernatant by affinity chromatography. Affinity columns were prepared using anti-DAF and anti-CD59 antibodies conjugated to sepharose. Recombinant proteins were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and Western blot ( FIG. 2 ).
  • ELISA experiments were conducted as previously described. In ELISA experiments, CR2-containing constructs were added to wells coated with purified C3dg. Binding was detected by means of anti-complement inhibitor antibodies and enzyme-congugated secondary antibodies. All CR2 containing constructs, but not sCD59 and sDAF bound to C3d.
  • Biotinylated C3dg (CR2 ligand) was bound to streptavidin coated BIAcore chips and binding kinetics of CR2 containing fusion proteins measured ( FIGS. 13-16 ).
  • sDAF and sCD59 did not bind to captured C3dg. Fusion proteins with CR2 at N-terminus bound with highest affinity. CD59 containing fusion proteins bound with higher affinity than corresponding DAF containing fusion proteins.
  • the functional activity of the fusion proteins and soluble untargeted complement inhibitors was analyzed by measuring the effect of the proteins on complement-mediated cell lysis. Assays using Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells ( FIGS. 17 and 18 ) and sheep erythrocytes (E) ( FIGS. 19 and 20 ) were used.
  • the targeted complement inhibitors provided significantly more protection from complement-mediated than soluble untargeted complement inhibitors.
  • Fusion proteins containing CR2 at the N-terminus were the most effective for both DAF and CD59 containing fusion proteins.
  • N-terminal CR2 fusion proteins also bound C3d with a higher affinity than C-terminal CR2 fusion proteins in BIAcore experiments (see above).
  • CR2-DAF was significantly more effective than CR2-CD59 at providing protection from complement-mediated lysis in these assays.
  • untargeted sCD59 possesses very weak complement inhibitory activity even at high concentration (unlike sDAF), and the targeting of CD59 to the cell surface is a requirement for CD59 function.
  • erythrocytes are lysed by “one hit” (ie. formation of a single MAC causes E lysis), whereas nucleated cells (such as CHO) posses addition resistance mechanisms (such as capping and shedding of MACs) and require deposition of multiple MACs for lysis.
  • nucleated cells such as CHO
  • addition resistance mechanisms such as capping and shedding of MACs
  • Human CR2-IgG1 Fc has been expressed and purified and shown to appropriately target C3 opsonized cells in vitro.
  • Expression plasmids containing encoding sequences for human and mouse sCR2 (for conjugation with CVF) and mouse fusion proteins have been prepared. Nucleotide sequence and predicted amino acid sequences of mature human fusion proteins are shown in FIG. 21
  • cDNA encoding the first 4 SCRs of CR2 was linked to genomic sequence encoding human IgG1 Fc region. Plasmid encoding the fusion protein was transfected into CHO cells and stably expressing clones isolated. Clones expressing highest levels of fusion protein were selected. The selected clone was grown in a bioreactor and fusion proteins isolated from culture supernatant by protein A affinity chromatography. Recombinant protein was analyzed by SDS-PAGE ( FIG. 22 ) and Western blot. Protein migrated at expected molecular weight under reducing and nonreducing conditions (CR2-Fc is disulfide linked dimer). A murine plasmid construct encoding CR2-mouse IgG3 has been constructed.
  • CR2-Fc was added to wells coated with purified C3dg. Binding was detected by means of anti-human Fe antibodies and enzyme-congugated secondary antibodies. CR2-Fc bound to C3d.
  • Biotinylated C3dg (CR2 ligand) was bound to streptavidin coated BIAcore chips and binding of CR2-Fc demonstrated ( FIG. 24 ).
  • a panel of well characterized mouse anti-rat kidney monoclonal antibodies was used (49, 50, incorporated herein by reference for their teaching regarding these antibodies and their sequences).
  • the variable region DNA from a total of 5 antibodies was isolated by standard PCR techniques (35, incorporated herein by reference for its teachings regarding PCR). All were successfully cloned and some were expressed as single chain antibodies. All single chain antibodies recognized either a rat kidney epithelial or endothelial cell line in vitro.
  • One of the mAbs, K9/9 binds to a glycoprotein identified on the epithelial cell surface, and has specificity for the glomerular capillary wall and proximal tubules in vivo (49).
  • This antibody was chosen as a targeting vehicle for investigation of targeted Crry- and CD59-mediated complement inhibition in a rat model of acute tubulointerstitial injury.
  • the K9/9 mAb was shown to induce glomerular damage in a previous study (49), the antibody was only pathogenic when administered together with Freunds adjuvant. In fact the pathogenic nature of K9/9 mAb (with adjuvant) was not reproduced.
  • Plasmid constructs encoding single chain K9/9 antibody linked to rat Crry or rat CD59 were prepared (depicted in FIG. 27 ). Constructs expressing soluble rat Crry (sCrry) and single chain K9/9 (targeting vehicle only) were also prepared. All recombinant proteins were expressed into the culture medium at over 15 mg/liter by Pichia fermentation in a 15 liter New Brunswick fermentor.
  • Recombinant proteins were characterized for targeting and complement inhibitory activity in vitro as described above using a rat epithelial cell line as target cells.
  • Single chain K9/9, K9/9-Crry and K9/9-CD59 specifically bound to rat epithelia cells in vitro.
  • sCrry and K9/9-Crry inhibited complement deposition and lysis
  • K9/9-CD59 inhibited complement-mediated lysis.
  • Kidney sections prepared from rats treated with PAN and receiving no therapy showed dilation of tubular lumina and tubular and epithelial cell degeneration as assessed by loss of brush border (see FIG. 30 b , also in appendix).
  • Minimal improvement was seen with sCrry therapy ( FIG. 30 d ).
  • tubular dilation and degeneration was significantly suppressed in PAN-treated rats receiving targeted Crry and CD59 ( FIG. 30 c shows K9/9-Crry, but histology was indistinguishable with K9/9-CD59).
  • K9/9-CD59 had minimal inhibitory activity in serum (untargeted assay system) ( FIG. 31 ).
  • the kidney-bound complement inhibitors were effective at inhibiting complement locally and for a prolonged period.
  • constructs of the present invention made in accordance with the teaching herein.
  • the constructs all have the basic formula of CR2-linker-complement modulator or complement modulator-linker-CR2. Notations in parenthesis indicate details within a particular section of the composition. For example, “(complete)” means that the entire mature protein is used in the construct, whereas “(SCR2-4)” indicates that SCR1 is not part of the construct.
  • a linker can be a chemical linker, a natural liker peptide, or amino acid linking sequences (e.g., (Gly 4 Ser) 3 ). It is understood that this list is not limiting and only provides examples of some of the constructs disclosed in the present application.
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 17
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 18
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 19
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 22
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 29

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)

Abstract

Modulation of the complement system represents a therapeutic modality for numerous pathologic conditions associated with complement activation. In a strategy to prepare complement inhibitors that are targeted to sites of complement activation and disease, compositions comprising a complement inhibitor linked to complement receptor (CR) 2 are disclosed. The disclosed are compositions can be used in methods of treating pathogenic diseases and inflammatory conditions by modulating the complement system.

Description

  • This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/426,676, filed on Nov. 15, 2002, which is incorportated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • I. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Complement is the collective term for a series of blood proteins and is a major effector mechanism of the immune system. Complement activation and its deposition on target structures can lead to direct complement-mediated cell lysis, or can lead indirectly to cell or tissue destruction due to the generation of powerful modulators of inflammation and the recruitment and activation of immune effector cells. Complement activation products that mediate tissue injury are generated at various points in the complement pathway. Inappropriate complement activation on host tissue plays an important role in the pathology of many autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, and is also responsible for many disease states associated with bioincompatibility, e.g. post-cardiopulmonary inflammation and transplant rejection. Complement inhibition represents a potential therapeutic modality for the treatment of such immune-mediated diseases and disease states. Complement inhibitory proteins that systemically inhibit complement have been shown to be effective in various animal models of disease (and in a few clinical trials), but complement inhibitors that target a site of disease and complement activation offer significant potential advantages with regard to safety and efficacy.
  • In healthy individuals, complement deposition on host cell membranes is prevented by complement inhibitory proteins expressed at the cell surface. These complement inhibitory proteins are also expressed on the surface of tumor cells, often at increased levels, and are considered to be an important contributing factor to the resistance of tumor cells to monoclonal antibody-mediated immunotherapy (monoclonal antibodies that target to tumor cells and activate complement).
  • The complement system comprises a collection of about 30 proteins and is one of the major effector mechanisms of the immune system. The complement cascade is activated principally via either the classical (usually antibody-dependent) or alternative (usually antibody-independent) pathways. Activation via either pathway leads to the generation of C3 convertase, which is the central enzymatic complex of the cascade. C3 convertase cleaves serum C3 into C3a and C3b, the fatter of which binds covalently to the site of activation and leads to the further generation of C3 convertase (amplification loop). The activation product C3b (and also C4b generated only via the classical pathway) and its breakdown products are important opsonins and are involved in promoting cell-mediated lysis of target cells (by phagocytes and NK cells) as well as immune complex transport and solubilization. C3/C4 activation products and their receptors on various cells of the immune system are also important in modulating the cellular immune response. C3 convertases participate in the formation of C5 convertase, a complex that cleaves C5 to yield C5a and C5b. C5a has powerful proinflammatory and chemotactic properties and can recruit and activate immune effector cells. Formation of C5b initiates the terminal complement pathway resulting in the sequential assembly of complement proteins C6, C7, C8 and (C9)n to form the membrane attack complex (MAC or C5b-9). Formation of MAC in a target cell membrane can result in direct cell lysis, but can also cause cell activation and the expression/release of various inflammatory modulators.
  • There are two broad classes of membrane complement inhibitor; inhibitors of the complement activation pathway (inhibit C3 convertase formation), and inhibitors of the terminal complement pathway (inhibit MAC formation). Membrane inhibitors of complement activation include complement receptor 1 (CR1), decay-accelerating factor (DAF) and membrane cofactor protein (MCP). They all have a protein structure that consists of varying numbers of repeating units of about 60-70 amino acids termed short consensus repeats (SCR) that are a common feature of C3/C4 binding proteins. Rodent homologues of human complement activation inhibitors have been identified. The rodent protein Crry is a widely distributed inhibitor of complement activation that functions similar to both DAF and MCP. Rodents also express DAF and MCP, although Crry appears to be functionally the most important regulator of complement activation in rodents. Although there is no homolog of Crry found in humans, the study of Crry and its use in animal models is clinically relevant.
  • Control of the terminal complement pathway and MAC formation in host cell membranes occurs principally through the activity of CD59, a widely distributed 20 kD glycoprotein attached to plasma membranes by a glucosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchor. CD59 binds to C8 and C9 in the assembling MAC and prevents membrane insertion.
  • Various types of complement inhibitory proteins are currently under investigation for therapy of inflammatory disease and disease states associated with bioincompatibility. Two of the best therapeutically characterized inhibitors of human complement are a soluble form of complement receptor 1 (sCR1) and an anti-05 monoclonal antibody. These systemically active inhibitory proteins have shown efficacy in various animal models of disease and more recently in clinical trials (1-5, 6:#1037). Anti-05 mAb inhibits the generation of C5a and the MAC, whereas sCR1 is an inhibitor of complement activation and also inhibits the generation of C3 activation products. Soluble forms of human decay accelerating factor (DAF) and membrane cofactor protein (MCP), membrane inhibitors of complement activation, have also been shown to be protective an animal models of inflammation and bioincompatability (7-11). CD59 is a membrane inhibitor of complement that blocks assembly of the MAC, but does not effect generation of complement opsonins or C3a and C5a. Soluble forms of CD59 have been produced, but its low functional activity in vitro, particularly in the presence of serum, indicates that sCD59 will have little or no therapeutic efficacy (12-15).
  • Targeting complement inhibitors to sites of complement activation and disease is likely to improve their efficacy. Since complement plays an important role in host defense and immune complex catabolism, targeted complement inhibitors can also reduce potentially serious side effects, particularly with long term complement inhibition. Recently, a modified form of sCR1 decorated with sialyl Lewis x (sLex) was prepared and shown to bind to endothelial cells expressing P and E selectin. sCR1sLex was shown to be a more potent therapeutic than sCR1 in rodent models of inflammatory disease (16, 17). In in vitro feasibility studies, antibody-DAF (18) and antibody-CD59 (19) fusion proteins were shown to be more effective at protecting targeted cells than untargeted cells from complement. Non-specific membrane targeting of recombinant complement inhibitors has also been achieved by coupling inhibitors to membrane-inserting peptides (20, 21).
  • C3 activation fragments are abundant complement opsonins found at a site of complement activation, and they serve as ligands for various C3 receptors. One such receptor, complement receptor 2 (CR2), a transmembrane protein, plays an important role in humoral immunity by way of its expression predominantly on mature B cells and follicular dendritic cells (22, 23). CR2 is a member of the C3 binding protein family and consists of 15-16 short consensus repeat (SCR) domains, structural units that are characteristic of these proteins, with the C3 binding site being contained in the two N-terminal SCRs (24, 25). CR2 is not an inhibitor of complement and it does not bind C3b, unlike the inhibitors of complement activation (DAF, MCP, CR1 and Crry). Natural ligands for CR2 are iC3b, C3dg and C3d, cell-bound breakdown fragments of C3b that bind to the two N-terminal SCR domains of CR2 (26, 27). Cleavage of C3 results initially in the generation and deposition of C3b on the activating cell surface. The C3b fragment is involved in the generation of enzymatic complexes that amplify the complement cascade. On a cell surface, C3b is rapidly converted to inactive iC3b, particularly when deposited on a host surface containing regulators of complement activation (ie. most host tissue). Even in absence of membrane bound complement regulators, substantial levels of iC3b are formed. iC3b is subsequently digested to the membrane bound fragments C3dg and then C3d by serum proteases, but this process is relatively slow (28, 29). Thus, the C3 ligands for CR2 are relatively long lived once they are generated and will be present in high concentrations at sites of complement activation.
  • II. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In accordance with the purposes of this invention, as embodied and broadly described herein, this invention, in one aspect, relates to CR2 targeted modulators of complement activity.
  • Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or can be learned by practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.
  • III. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate several embodiments of the invention and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the invention.
  • FIG. 1 shows a diagram of examples of CR2-complement inhibitor fusion proteins.
  • FIG. 2 shows SDS-PAGE and Western blot analysis of purified recombinant fusion proteins and soluble complement inhibitors. Gels (10% acrylamide) were stained with coomasie blue. Western blots were developed using antibodies to complement inhibitors as the primary antibody.
  • FIG. 3 shows binding of recombinant fusion proteins to C3-opsonized CHO cells. Antibody sensitized CHO cells were incubated in C6-deficient serum, washed and incubated with soluble complement inhibitor (black trace), or fusion protein with CR2 at N-terminus (light gray trace) or C-terminus (dark gray trace) at 20 μg/ml. Cell binding of recombinant proteins was detected by flow cytometry using anti-DAF or anti-CD59 mAbs. Incubation of CHO cells with PBS instead of complement inhibitor gave similar fluorescence profile as sDAF and sCD59. Representative of 3 separate experiments.
  • FIG. 4 shows analysis of the interaction between CR2 fusion proteins and C3d by surface plasmon resonance. Solid lines indicate different concentrations of CR2 fusion proteins as indicated in FIG._[Looks like a fig. no. is missing.]. Broken lines show curves fitting to a 1:1 Langmuir binding model.
  • FIG. 5 shows inhibition of complement mediated lysis by recombinant sDAF and DAF fusion proteins. Antibody sensitized CHO cells (panel a) or sheep erythrocytes (panel b) were incubated with recombinant protein and 10% human serum (CHO cells) or 0.33% human serum (erythrocytes). These concentrations resulted in approximately 90% lysis of unprotected cells. Lysis was determined after 45 min. incubation at 37° C. Background lysis determined by incubating cells in heat inactivated serum was less than 5% and was subtracted. Mean+/−SD, n=4.
  • FIG. 6 shows inhibition of complement mediated lysis by recombinant sCD59 and CD59 fusion proteins. Antibody sensitized CHO cells (panel a) or sheep erythrocytes (panel b) were incubated with recombinant protein and 10% human serum (CHO cells) or 0.33% human serum (erythrocytes). These concentrations resulted in approximately 90% lysis of unprotected cells. Lysis was determined after 45 min. incubation at 37° C. Background lysis determined by incubating cells in heat inactivated serum was less than 5% and was subtracted. Mean+/−SD, n=4.
  • FIG. 7 shows the effect of recombinant fusion proteins on U937 cell adhesion. Sheep erythrocytes were sensitized with IgM antibody and incubated in C6-deficient serum. C3 opsonized erythrocytes were coincubated with U937 cells in the presence of 500 nM recombinant fusion protein or PBS. Following incubation, the average number of U937 cells bound per erythrocyte was determined my microscopy. Mean+/−SD, n=3.
  • FIG. 8 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CR2-DAF. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CR2 and DAF.
  • FIG. 9 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CR2-CD59. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CR2 and CD59.
  • FIG. 10 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human DAF-CR2. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between DAF and CR2.
  • FIG. 11 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CD59-CR2. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CD59 and CR2.
  • FIG. 12 shows targeting of CR2 containing fusion proteins to C3-coated CHO cells. C3 ligand was generated on CHO cells by incubation of cells in 10% anti-CHO antiserum and 10% C6-depleted human serum (to prevent formation of membrane attack complex and cell lysis). Cells were washed and incubated with fusion protein (20 ug/ml, 4° C., 30 min). Binding was detected by flow cytometric analysis using antibodies against appropriate complement inhibitor (DAF or CD59). Black line: control (no fusion protein); Light gray: CR2 at C-terminus; Dark gray: CR2 at N-terminus.
  • FIG. 13 shows analysis of CR2-DAF binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 14 shows analysis of CR2-CD59 binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 15 shows analysis of DAF-CR2 binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 16 shows analysis of CD59-CR2 binding to C3dg by surface plasmon resonance.
  • FIG. 17 shows the effect of targeted and untargeted DAF on complement-mediated lysis of CHO cells. CHO cells were sensitized to complement with anti-CHO antisera (10% concentration, 4° C., 30 min) and subsequently incubated with 10% normal human serum (NHS) (37° C., 60 min) in the presence of varying concentrations, of complement inhibitory proteins. Cell lysis was then determined by trypan blue exclusion assay. Representative experiment showing mean+/−SD (n=3). Three separate experiments using different fusion protein preparations performed.
  • FIG. 18 shows the effect of targeted and untargeted CD59 on complement-mediated lysis of CHO cells. Assay performed as described in legend to FIG. 17. Representative experiment showing mean+/−SD (n=3). Three separate experiments using different fusion protein preparations performed.
  • FIG. 19 shows the effect of targeted and untargeted DAF on complement-mediated hemolysis. Sheep erythrocytes (E) were sensitized with anti-sheep E antibody and subsequently incubated with a 1/300 dilution of NHS (37° C., 60 min) in the presence of varying concentrations of complement inhibitory proteins. Cell lysis was determined by measuring released hemoglobin (absorbance at 412 nm). Representative experiment showing mean+/−SD (n=3). Two separate experiments using different fusion protein preparations performed.
  • FIG. 20 shows the effect of targeted and untargeted CD59 on complement-mediated hemolysis. Assay performed as described in legend to FIG. 19. Representative experiment showing mean+/−SD (n=3). Two separate experiments using different fusion protein preparations performed.
  • FIG. 21 shows the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of mature human CR2-human IgG1 Fc. Amino acids underlined represent linking sequences between CR2 and Fc region. Expression plasmid contains genomic Fc region (hinge-intron-CH2-intron-CH3).
  • FIG. 22 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of CR2-Fc fusion protein. Purified CR2-Fc was run under nonreducing (lane 1) or reducing (lane 2) conditions. Gel stained by coomassie blue. (for MW of markers in lane 3, see FIG. 2).
  • FIG. 23 shows targeting of CR2-Fc to C3-coated CHO cells. C3 ligand was generated as described (legend to FIG. 12). Cells were washed and incubated with CR2-Fc (20 ug/ml, 4° C., 30 min). Binding was detected by flow cytometric analysis using antibodies against human Fc conjugated to FITC. Upper panel shows results from incubation of CR2-Fc with C3-coated CHO cells, and lower panel shows results from incubation of CR2-Fc with control CHO cells.
  • FIG. 24 shows surface plasmon resonance sensorgram showing binding of CR2-Fc to C3d ligand immobilized on chip.
  • FIG. 25 shows the biodistribution of 125I-CR2-DAF and 125I-sDAF in 34 week old NZB/W F1 mice. Radiolabeled proteins were injected into the tail vein and biodistribution of radiolabel determined after 24 hr. Each protein was injected into 2 mice.
  • FIG. 26 shows imaging of CR2-DAF bound to glomeruli of 24-week-old MRL/lpr mice. Glomerular binding of CD2-DAF (a) and sDAF (b) was analyzed 24 hours after tail-vein injection of each protein. The figure shows immunofluorescence staining of kidney sections.
  • FIG. 27 shows the single chain antibody CD59-Crry construct. The figure shows the construct comprises a variable light chain (VL) and a variable heavy chain (VH) from K9/9 mAb. The construct was prepared in the yeast expression vector pPICZalph (Invitrogen).
  • FIG. 28 shows the biodistribution of complement inhibitors and K9/9 single chain Ab in rats. Iodinated recombinant proteins administered 4 days after PAN treatment and radioactivity in organs measured 48 hr later.
  • FIG. 29 shows Creatinine clearance in rats treated with PAN and receiving indicated therapy (n=4, +/−SD).
  • FIG. 30 shows PAS stained renal cortex. FIG. 30A shows No PAN control, FIG. 30B: PAN with PBS treatment, FIG. 30C: PAN with targeted K9/9 Crry treatment, and FIG. 30D: PAN with sCrry treatment.
  • FIG. 31 shows complement inhibitory activity in serum after administration of recombinant proteins. Measured by lysis of sensitized sheep erythrocytes. Percent inhibitory activity shown relative to serum from control rats.
  • IV. DETAILED. DESCRIPTION
  • The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of preferred embodiments of the invention and the Examples included therein and to the Figures and their previous and following description.
  • Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, devices, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to specific synthetic methods, specific recombinant biotechnology methods unless otherwise specified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as such can, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
  • A. DEFINITIONS
  • As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a pharmaceutical carrier” includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
  • In this specification and in the claims which follow, reference will be made to a number of terms which shall be defined to have the following meanings:
  • “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • “Treatment” or “treating” means to administer a composition to a subject with a condition, wherein the condition can be any pathogenic disease, autoimmune disease, cancer or inflammatory condition. The effect of the administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of but is not limited to reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • Herein, “inhibition” or “inhibits” means to reduce activity. It is understood that inhibition can mean a slight reduction in activity to the complete ablation of all activity. An “inhibitor” can be anything that reduces activity.
  • Herein, “activation” or “activates” means to increase activity. It is understood that activation can mean an increase in existing activity as well as the induction of new activity. An “activator” can be anything that increases activity.
  • B. COMPLEMENT INHIBITING AND ACTIVATING CONSTRUCTS
  • Discosed are compositions comprising a construct, wherein the construct comprises CR2 and a modulator of complement activity.
  • CR2 consists of an extracellular portion consisting of 15 or 16 repeating units known as short consensus repeats (SCRs). Amino acids 1-20 comprise the leader peptide, amino acids 23-82 comprise SCR1, amino acids 91-146 comprise SCR2, amino acids 154-210 comprise SCR3, amino acids 215-271 comprise SCR4. The active site (C3dg binding site) is located in SCR 1-2 (the first 2 N-terminal SCRs). SCR units are separated by short sequences of variable length that serve as spacers. It is understood that any number of SCRs containing the active site can be used. In one embodiment, the construct contains the 4 N-terminal SCR units. In another embodiment, the construct includes the first two N-terminal SCRs. In another embodiment the construct includes the first three N-terminal SCRs.
  • It is understood that species and strain variation exist for the disclosed peptides, polypeptides, proteins, protein fragments and compositions. Specifically disclosed are all species and strain variations for the disclosed peptides, polypeptides, proteins, protein fragments and compositions.
  • Also disclosed are compositions, wherein the construct is a fusion protein
  • Herein a “fusion protein” means two or more components comprising peptides, polypeptides, or proteins operably linked. CR2 can be linked to complement inhibitors or activators by an amino acid linking sequence. Examples of linkers are well known in the art. Examples of linkers can include but are not limited to (Gly4Ser)3 (G4S), (Gly3Ser)4 (G3S), SerGly4, and SerGly4SerGly4. Linking sequences can also consist of “natural” linking sequences found between SCR units within human (or mouse) proteins, for example VSVFPLE, the linking sequence between SCR 2 and 3 of human CR2. Fusion proteins can also be constructed without linking sequences.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein inhibits complement.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the modulator of complement activity comprises a complement inhibitor.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention; for example, wherein the complement inhibitor is decay accelerating factor (DAF) SEQ ID NO: 1 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 2 (amino acid). For example, the DAF can be soluble human DAF comprising the four SCR domains without glycophosphatidyl anchor and serine-threonine rich region. The DAF can also be soluble human DAF comprising the four SCR domains and the serine-threonine rich region but without glycophosphatidyl anchor.
  • The DAF extracellular region consists of 4 SCR units at N-terminus followed by serine/threonine rich region. Amino acids 1-34 comprise the leader peptide, amino acids 35-95 comprise SCR1, amino acids 97-159 comprise SCR2, amino acids 162-221 comprise SCR3, amino acids 224-284 comprise SCR4, and amino acids 287-356 comprise the S/T region. In one embodiment of the invention, the composition of the invention comprises all 4 SCR units. In another emobodiement of the invention, the composition comprises SCR2-4 of DAF.
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor comprises a fusion protein between CD59 and another complement inhibitor selected from the group consisting of DAF, MCP, Crry and CR1. Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is a fusion protein of two or more complement inhibitors.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-DAF (SEQ ID NO: 6). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 5.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises DAF-CR2 (SEQ ID NO: 10). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 9.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is human CD59 (SEQ ID NO: 3 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 4 (amino acid)). The human CD59 can be soluble human CD59 comprising the mature protein without glycophosphatidyl anchor.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-human CD59 (SEQ ID NO: 8). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 7.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises human CD59-CR2 (SEQ ID NO: 12). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 10.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the complement inhibitor is an antibody to C5. Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-anti-05 antibody.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is CR1 (SEQ ID NO: 13 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 14 (amino acid)). The extracellular region of CR1 can comprise 30 SCR units. It is an embodiment of the invention that the composition can comprise the entire extracellular region of CR1. In another embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises [the] one active site[s] of CR1. The active sites of CR1 are amino acids 1-46 which comprise the leader peptide, amino acids 47-300 which comprise SCR1-4 (C4b binding site, lower affinity for C3b), amino acids 497-750 which comprise SCR8-11 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), amino acids 947-1200 which comprise SCR15-18 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), and amino acids 1400-1851 which comprise the C1q binding site. In an additional embodiment of the invention, the composition of the invention can comprise any [one or] combination or all of the active sites of CR1.
  • Also discosed are compositions of the ivention, wherein the complement inhibitor comprises the active sites of CR1, and wherein [the] one active site[s] further comprise a leader peptide comprising amino acids 6-46, amino acids 47-300 which comprise SCR1-4 (C4b binding site, lower affinity for C3b), amino acids 497-750 which comprise SCR8-11 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), amino acids 947-1200 which comprise SCR15-18 (C3b binding site, lower affinity for C4b), and amino acids 1400-1851 which comprise the C1q binding site. In an additional embodiment of the invention, the composition of the invention can comprise any [one or] combination or all of the active sites of CR1.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is MCP (SEQ ID NO: 15 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 16 (amino acid)). The extracellular region consists of 4 SCR units followed by ser/thr region. Amino acids 1-34 comprise the leader peptide, amino acids 35-95 comprise SCR1, amino acids 96-158 comprise SCR2, amino acids, 159-224 comprise SCR3, amino acids 225-285 comprise SCR4, and amino acids 286-314 comprise the S/T region
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is Crry (SEQ ID NO: 17). The Crry can be soluble mouse Crry comprising the 5 N-terminal SCR domains without transmembrane region.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement inhibitor is murine CD59. The murine CD59 can be soluble murine CD59 comprising the mature protein without glycophosphatidyl anchor.
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein activates complement.
  • Thus, disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the modulator of complement activity comprises a complement activator.
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement activator is human IgG1 Fc(SEQ ID NO: 18).
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement activator comprises CR2-human IgG1 Fc (SEQ ID NO: 20). Also disclosed are compositions of the invention wherein the fusion protein is encoded by a nucleotide comprising SEQ ID NO: 21.
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein is human IgM (SEQ ID NO: 19).
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-human IgM Fc.
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement activator is mouse IgG3 (SEQ ID NO: 22).
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-murine IgG3 Fc.
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the fusion protein comprises CR2-murine IgM Fc.
  • It is specifically contemplated that complement activator can also increase antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) via the Fc portion of the composition. ADCC is the destruction of a target cell by a natural killer (NK) cell via recognition of and contact with an Fc region and an Fc receptor on the NK cell. This can be in the form of FcγRIII recognition of IgG1 Fc or IgG3 Fc. Following the contact of the Fc receptor with the Fc, the NK cell lysis the target cell via the use of perforin and granzyme. This mechanism can be important in controlling tumor growth
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the CR2-Fc fusion protein is not immunogenic. It is understood that a composition that is not immunogenic (ie. does not elicit an immune response) is less likely to be attacked and inactivated by the subjects own immune response. The anticipated lack of CR2-Fc immunogenicity is a potential advantage over anti-C3d antibodies, even if antibodies are humanized. It is an embodiment of the invention that the Fc region fused to CR2 can be from any human or mouse IgG isotype, human or mouse IgM, or any human or mouse IgG isotype containing a mu-tailpiece. The mu-tailpiece is an 18 amino acid C-terminal region from IgM that, when added C-terminal to IgG Fc sequences, results in the generation of polymeric forms of IgG (similar to IgM) that efficiently activate complement and have enhanced affinity for Fc receptors. The fusion can occur at the hinge region of the Fc portion of the composition.
  • CR2 fusion proteins containing either IgM or IgG Fc regions with a mu-tailpiece can have advantages over CR2-IgG Fc fusion proteins. IgM or IgG-mu Fc regions will result in polymeric fusion proteins with up to 6 Fcs and 12 CR2 sites. These constructs can have enhanced avidity for C3 ligand and enhanced effector function (complement activation and Fc receptor binding).
  • Also disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the complement activator is CVF (SEQ ID NO: 23 (nucleotide) and SEQ ID NO: 24 (amino acid)).
  • In one embodiment of the invention, CVF can be coupled to soluble CR2. It is understood that CVF binds factor B and activates the alternative pathway of complement by forming CVFBb, a C3/C5 convertase that is not inactivated by complement inhibitory proteins. The half life of CVFBb is about 7 hr. compared to about 1 min. for the physiological alternative pathway convertase, C3bBb.
  • It is an embodiment of the invention that CVF can be chemically coupled to soluble CR2.
  • Disclosed are compositions of the invention, wherein the construct is in a vector.
  • Disclosed are cells comprising the vector of the invention.
  • Also disclosed are compositions, wherein the construct is an immunoconjugate. Herein “immunoconjugate” means two or more components comprising peptides, polypeptides, or proteins operably linked by a chemical cross-linker. Linking of the components of the immunoconjugate can occur on reactive groups located on the component. Reactive groups that can be targeted using a cross-linker include primary amines, sulfhydryls, carbonyls, carbohydrates and carboxylic acids, or active groups can be added to proteins. Examples of chemical linkers are well known in the art and can include but are not limited to bismaleimidohexane, m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, NHS-Esters-Maleimide Crosslinkers such as MBS, Sulfo-MBS, SMPB, Sulfo-SMPB, GMBS, Sulfo-GMBS, EMCS, Sulfo-EMCS; Imidoester Cross-linkers such as DMA, DMP, DMS, DTBP; EDC [1-Ethyl-3-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Hydrochloride], [2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-1-carboxamide, DTME: Dithio-bis-maleimidoethane, DMA (Dimethyl adipimidate.2HCl), DMP (Dimethyl pimelimidate.2HCl), DMS (Dimethyl suberimidate.2HCl), DTBP ( Dimethyl 3,3′-dithiobispropionimidate-2HCl), MBS, (m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester), Sulfo-MBS (m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester), Sulfo-SMPB (Sulfosuccinimidyl 4-[p-maleimidophenyl]butyrate(GMBS(N—[.-maleimidobutyryloxy]succinimide ester), EMCS(N—[.-maleimidocaproyloxy]succinimide ester), and Sulfo-EMCS(N—[.-maleimidocaproyloxy]sulfosuccinimide ester).
  • C. METHODS OF USING THE COMPOSITIONS
  • Various types of complement inhibitory proteins are currently under investigation for therapy of inflammatory disease and disease states associated with bioincompatibility. Two of the best therapeutically characterized inhibitors of human complement are a soluble form of complement receptor 1 (sCR1) and an anti-CS monoclonal antibody. These systemically active inhibitory proteins have shown efficacy in various animal models of disease and more recently in clinical trials (1-5, 6:#1037 which are incorporated herein by reference regarding teachings on in vivo efficacy and clinical results).
  • Disclosed are methods of treating a condition affected by complement in a subject comprising administering to the subject the composition of the invention. It is understood that administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of, but is not limited to, reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • 1. Methods of Using the Compositions to Inhibit Complement
  • Disclosed are methods of treating a condition affected by complement in a subject comprising administering to the subject the composition of the invention, wherein the composition will inhibit complement activity. It is understood that the effect of the administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of but is not limited to reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • Disclosed are methods of reducing complement-mediated damage comprising administering to a subject the composition of the invention, which inhibits complement.
  • Disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the condition treated is an inflammatory condition. Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the inflammatory condition can be selected from the group consisting of asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, reactive arthritis, spondylarthritis, systemic vasculitis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, multiple sclerosis, experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, Sjögren's syndrome, graft versus host disease, inflammatory bowel disease including Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, ischemia reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, alzheimer's disease, transplant rejection (allogeneic and xenogeneic), thermal trauma, any immune complex-induced inflammation, glomerulonephritis, myasthenia gravis, cerebral lupus, Guillain-Barre syndrome, vasculitis, systemic sclerosis, anaphlaxis, catheter reactions, atheroma, infertility, thyroiditis, ARDS, post-bypass syndrome, hemodialysis, juvenile rheumatoid, Behcets syndrome, hemolytic anemia, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, stroke, atherosclerosis, and scleroderma.
  • Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the condition is a viral infection. Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the viral infection can be selected from the list of viruses consisting of Influenza virus A, Influenza virus B, Respiratory syncytial virus, Dengue virus, Yellow fever virus, Ebola virus, Marburg virus, Lassa fever virus, Eastern Equine Encephalitis virus, Japanese Encephalitis virus, St. Louis Encephalitis virus, Murray Valley fever virus, West Nile virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Rotavirus A, Rotavirus B, Rotavirus C, Sindbis virus, Hantavirus.
  • Disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the condition is an inflammatory respose to a viral vector. The viral vector can be selected from the list of viruses consisting of adenovirus, vaccinia virus, adeno associated virus, modified vaccinia ancara virus, and cytomegliavirus. It is understood that other viral vectors are in use for vaccine delivery. Specifically disclosed are each and every viral vector known in the art.
  • It is understood in the art that Candida express a CR3 like protein that has similar binding properties as CR2. The CR3 like protein appears to be involved in pathogenesis. Therefore, an embodiment of the invention is treating a subject with a fungal infection, wherein the treatment blocks fungal-“CR3” function as well as inhibits complement, comprising administering to a subject the compostition of the invention.
  • Disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein complement inhibitor can enhance the outcome of apoptosis-base therapy (e.g., gene therapy with adenovirus expressing Fas ligand).
  • Apoptosis occurring during normal development is non inflammatory and is involved in induction of immunological tolerance. Although apoptotic cell death can be inflammatory depending on how it is activated and in what cell types (for example, therapeutic agents that ligate Fas are able to induce inflammation), necrotic cell death results in a sustained and powerful inflammatory response mediated by released cell contents and by proinflammatory cytokines released by stimulated phagocytes. Apoptotic cells and vesicles are normally cleared by phagocytes, thus preventing the pro-inflammatory consequences of cell lysis. In this context, it has been shown that apoptotic cells and apoptotic bodies directly fix complement, and that complement can sustain an anti-inflammatory response due to opsonization and enhanced phagocytosis of apoptotic cells.
  • Inflammation is involved in non specific recruitment of immune cells that can influence innate and adaptive immune responses. Modulating complement activation during apoptosis-based tumor therapy to inhibit phagocytic uptake of apoptotic cells/bodies enhances the inflammatory/innate immune response within the tumor environment. In addition, apoptotic cells can be a source of immunogenic self antigens and uncleared apoptotic bodies can result in autoimmunization. In addition to creating an enhanced immuno-stimulatory environment, modulating complement at a site in which tumor cells have been induced to undergo apoptosis further augments or triggers specific immunity against a tumor to which the host is normally tolerant.
  • The disclosed compositions of the invention can act as CR2 and CR3 antagonists. Disclosed are methods of inhibiting complement activity via inhibition of CR2 comprising administering the composition of the invention to a subject. Also disclosed are methods of inhibiting complement activity via inhibition of CR3 comprising administering the composition of the invention to a subject. As a CR2 antagonist can modulate immune response, a CR3 antagonist can have second anti-inflammatory mechanism of action since CR3 is integrin that binds endothelial ICAM1. ICAM1 is expressed at sites of inflammation and is involved in leukocyte adhesion and diapedesis. In addition, ICAM1 expression is upregulated by complement activation products.
  • 2. Methods of Using the Compositions to Activate Complement
  • Disclosed are methods of treating a condition affected by complement in a subject comprising administering to the subject the composition of the invention, wherein the composition will activate complement. It is understood that the administration of the composition to the subject can have the effect of, but is not limited to, reducing the symptoms of the condition, a reduction in the severity of the condition, or the complete ablation of the condition.
  • Disclosed are methods of enhancing complement-mediated damage comprising administering to a subject the composition of the invention, which activates complement.
  • Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the condition is a cancer. The cancer can be selected from the group consisting of lymphomas (Hodgkins and non-Hodgkins), B cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, myeloid leukemia, leukemias, mycosis fungoides, carcinomas, carcinomas of solid tissues, squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas, gliomas, blastomas, neuroblastomas, plasmacytomas, histiocytomas, melanomas, adenomas, hypoxic tumours, myelomas, AIDS-related lymphomas or sarcomas, metastatic cancers, bladder cancer, brain cancer, nervous system cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck, neuroblastoma/glioblastoma, ovarian cancer, skin cancer, liver cancer, melanoma, squamous cell carcinomas of the mouth, throat, larynx, and lung, colon cancer, cervical cancer, cervical carcinoma, breast cancer, epithelial cancer, renal cancer, genitourinary cancer, pulmonary cancer, esophageal carcinoma, head and neck carcinoma, hematopoietic cancers, testicular cancer, colo-rectal cancers, prostatic cancer, or pancreatic cancer.
  • In one embodiment of the invention CR2 can target complement deposited on tumor cells as a result of administered anti-tumor antibodies, or as a result of a normally ineffective humoral immune response.
  • Thus the present complement activating composition can be administered in conjunction with anti-tumor antibodies. Examples of such anti-tumor antibodies are well known and include anti-PSMA monoclonal antibodies J591, PEQ226.5, and PM2P079.1 (Fracasso, G. et al., (2002) Prostate 53(1): 9-23); anti-Her2 antibody hu4D5 (Gerstner, R. B., et al., (2002) J. Mol. Biol. 321(5): 851-62); anti-disialosyl Gb5 monoclonal antibody 5F3 which can be used as an anti renal cell carcinoma antibody (Ito A. et al., (2001) Glycoconj. J. 18(6): 475-485); anti MAGE monoclonal antibody 57B (Antonescu, C. R. et al., (2002) Hum. Pathol. 33(2): 225-9); anti-cancer monoclonal antibody CLN-Ig (Kubo, O. et al., (2002) Nippon Rinsho. 60(3): 497-503); anti-Dalton's lymphoma associated antigen (DLAA) monoclonal antibody DLAB (Subbiah, K. et al., (2001) Indian J. Exp. Biol. 39(10): 993-7). The present composition can be administered before, concurrent with or after administration of the anti-tumor antibody, so long as the present composition is present at the tumor during the time when the antibody is also present at the tumor.
  • A representative but non-limiting list of cancers that the disclosed compositions can be used to treat is the following: lymphoma, B cell lymphoma, T cell lymphoma, mycosis fungoides, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's Disease, myeloid leukemia, bladder cancer, brain cancer, nervous system cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of head and neck, kidney cancer, lung cancers such as small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung cancer, urothelial carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, sarcomas, gliomas, high grade gliomas, blastomas, neuroblastomas, plasmacytomas, histiocytomas, adenomas, hypoxic tumours, myelomas, AIDS-related lymphomas or sarcomas, metastatic cancers, neuroblastoma/glioblastoma, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, skin cancer, liver cancer, melanoma, squamous cell carcinomas of the mouth, throat, larynx, and lung, colon cancer, cervical cancer, cervical carcinoma, breast cancer, and epithelial cancer, renal cancer, genitourinary cancer, pulmonary cancer, esophageal carcinoma, head and neck carcinoma; large bowel cancer, hematopoietic cancers; testicular cancer; colon and rectal cancers, stomach cancer, prostatic cancer, Waldenstroms disease or pancreatic cancer.
  • The complement activating complisitions disclosed herein can also be used for the treatment of precancer conditions such as cervical and anal dysplasias, other dysplasias, severe dysplasias, hyperplasias, atypical hyperplasias, and neoplasias. Disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the condition is a precancer conditions. It is understood that the composition will recognize antigens that are overexpressed on the surface of precancerous cells
  • Also disclosed are methods of using the complement activating compositions of the invention to treat viral infection. The viral infection can be selected from the list of viruses consisting of Herpes simplex virus type-1, Herpes simplex virus type-2, Cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barr virus, Varicella-zoster virus, Human herpesvirus 6, Human herpesvirus 7, Human herpesvirus 8, Variola virus, Vesicular stomatitis virus, Hepatitis A virus, Hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis C virus, Hepatitis D virus, Hepatitis E virus, Rhinovirus, Coronavirus, Influenza virus A, Influenza virus B, Measles virus, Polyomavirus, Human Papilomavirus, Respiratory syncytial virus, Adenovirus, Coxsackie virus, Dengue virus, Mumps virus, Poliovirus, Rabies virus, Rous sarcoma virus, Yellow fever virus, Ebola virus, Marburg virus, Lassa fever virus, Eastern Equine Encephalitis virus, Japanese Encephalitis virus, St. Louis Encephalitis virus, Murray Valley fever virus, West Nile virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Rotavirus A, Rotavirus B, Rotavirus C, Sindbis virus, Simian Immunodeficiency cirus, Human T-cell Leukemia virus type-1, Hantavirus, Rubella virus, Simian Immunodeficiency virus, Human Immunodeficiency virus type-1, and Human Immunodeficiency virus type-2.
  • Also disclosed are methods of using the complement activating compositions of the invention to treat a bacterial infection. Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the bacterial infection can be selected from the list of bacterium consisting of M. tuberculosis, M bovis, M bovis strain BCG, BCG substrains, M. avium, M. intracellulare, M. africanum, M. kansasii, M. marinum, M ulcerans, M. avium subspecies paratuberculosis, Nocardia asteroides, other Nocardia species, Legionella pneumophila, other Legionella species, Salmonella typhi, other Salmonella species, Shigella species, Yersinia pestis, Pasteurella haemolytica, Pasteurella multocida, other Pasteurella species, Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae, Listeria monocytogenes, Listeria ivanovii, Brucella abortus, other Brucella species, Cowdria ruminantium, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Chlamydia psittaci, Coxiella burnetti, other Rickettsial species, Ehrlichia species, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Bacillus anthracis, Escherichia coli, Vibrio cholerae, Campylobacter species, Neiserria meningitidis, Neiserria gonorrhea, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, other Pseudomonas species, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus ducreyi, other Hemophilus species, Clostridium tetani, other Clostridium species, Yersinia enterolitica, and other Yersinia species.
  • Also disclosed are methods of using the complement activating compositions of the invention to treat a parasitic infection. Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the parasitic infection can be selected from the group consisting of Toxoplasma gondii, Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium vivax, Plasmodium malariae, other Plasmodium species., Trypanosoma brucei, Trypanosoma cruzi, Leishmania major, other Leishmania species., Schistosoma mansoni, other Schistosoma species., and Entamoeba histolytica.
  • Also disclosed are methods of using the complement activiating compositions of the invention to treat a fungal infection. Also disclosed are methods of the invention, wherein the fungal infection can be selected from the group consisting of Candida albicans, Cryptococcus neoformans, Histoplama capsulatum, Aspergillus fumigatus, Coccidiodes immitis, Paracoccidiodes brasiliensis, Blastomyces dermitidis, Pneomocystis carnii, Penicillium marneffi, and Alternaria alternata. In the methods of the invention, the subject can be a mammal. For example, the mammal can be a human, nonhuman primate, mouse, rat, pig, dog, cat, monkey, cow, or horse.
  • 3. Methods of using the compositions as research tools
  • The disclosed compositions can be used in a variety of ways as research tools. For example, the disclosed compositions can be used to study inhibitor of complement activation.
  • The disclosed compositions can be used as diagnostic tools related to diseases associated with complement activation, such as cancer, viral infections, bacterial infections, parasitic infections, and fungal infections. CR2-fusion proteins will target a site of complement activation and a labeled CR2-fusion protein can diagnose conditions associated with complement activation. For example, a tumor-reactive antibody would activate complement on tumor cells, which CR2 could then target. The labeled CR2-Fc could then amplify the signal following antibody targeting.
  • D. COMPOSITIONS
  • Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the disclosed compositions as well as the compositions themselves to be used in the methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference for each of the various individual and collective combinations and permutation of these compounds may not be explicitly made, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a particular CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF is described, and/or a specific combination thereof is disclosed and discussed and/or a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, and/or combination thereof are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, or combination thereof and the modifications that are possible, unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using the disclosed compositions. Thus, if there are a variety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood that each of these additional steps can be performed with any specific embodiment or combination of embodiments of the disclosed methods.
  • 1. Sequence Similarities
  • It is understood that as discussed herein the use of the terms homology and identity mean the same thing as similarity. Thus, for example, if the use of the word homology is used between two non-natural sequences it is understood that this is not necessarily indicating an evolutionary relationship between these two sequences, but rather is looking at the similarity or relatedness between their nucleic acid sequences. Many of the methods for determining homology between two evolutionarily related molecules are routinely applied to any two or more nucleic acids or proteins for the purpose of measuring sequence similarity regardless of whether they are evolutionarily related or not.
  • In general, it is understood that one way to define any known variants and derivatives or those that might arise, of the genes and proteins disclosed herein, is through defining the variants and derivatives in terms of homology to specific known sequences. This identity of particular sequences disclosed herein is also discussed elsewhere herein. For example SEQ ID NO: 25 sets forth a particular sequence of a CR2 and SEQ ID NO: 26 sets forth a particular sequence of the protein encoded by SEQ ID NO: 25, a CR2 protein. Specifically disclosed are variants of these and other genes and proteins herein disclosed which have at least, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 percent homology to the stated sequence. Those of skill in the art readily understand how to determine the homology of two proteins or nucleic acids, such as genes. For example, the homology can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the homology is at its highest level.
  • Another way of calculating homology can be performed by published algorithms. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv. Appl. Math. 2: 482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85: 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
  • The same types of homology can be obtained for nucleic acids by for example the algorithms disclosed in Zuker, M. Science 244:48-52, 1989, Jaeger et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:7706-7710, 1989, Jaeger et al. Methods Enzymol. 183:281-306, 1989 which are herein incorporated by reference for at least material related to nucleic acid alignment. It is understood that any of the methods typically can be used and that in certain instances the results of these various methods can differ, but the skilled artisan understands if identity is found with at least one of these methods, the sequences would be said to have the stated identity, and be disclosed herein.
  • For example, as used herein, a sequence recited as having a particular percent homology to another sequence refers to sequences that have the recited homology as calculated by any one or more of the calculation methods described above. For example, a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using the Zuker calculation method even if the first sequence does not have 80 percent homology to the second sequence as calculated by any of the other calculation methods. As another example, a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using both the Zuker calculation method and the Pearson and Lipman calculation method even if the first sequence does not have 80 percent homology to the second sequence as calculated by the Smith and Waterman calculation method, the Needleman and Wunsch calculation method, the Jaeger calculation methods, or any of the other calculation methods. As yet another example, a first sequence has 80 percent homology, as defined herein, to a second sequence if the first sequence is calculated to have 80 percent homology to the second sequence using each of calculation methods (although, in practice, the different calculation methods will often result in different calculated homology percentages).
  • 2. Nucleic Acids
  • There are a variety of molecules disclosed herein that are nucleic acid based, including for example the nucleic acids that encode, for example CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-anti-05, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF, as well as various functional nucleic acids. The disclosed nucleic acids are made up of for example, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, or nucleotide substitutes. Non-limiting examples of these and other molecules are discussed herein. It is understood that for example, when a vector is expressed in a cell, that the expressed mRNA will typically be made up of A, C, G, and U. Likewise, it is understood that if, for example, an antisense molecule is introduced into a cell or cell environment through for example exogenous delivery, it is advantagous that the antisense molecule be made up of nucleotide analogs that reduce the degradation of the antisense molecule in the cellular environment.
  • a) Nucleotides and Related Molecules
  • A nucleotide is a molecule that contains a base moiety, a sugar moiety and a phosphate moiety. Nucleotides can be linked together through their phosphate moieties and sugar moieties creating an internucleoside linkage. The base moiety of a nucleotide can be adenin-9-yl (A), cytosin-1-yl (C), guanin-9-yl (G), uracil-1-yl (U), and thymin-1-yl (T). The sugar moiety of a nucleotide is a ribose or a deoxyribose. The phosphate moiety of a nucleotide is pentavalent phosphate. An non-limiting example of a nucleotide would be 3′-AMP (3′-adenosine monophosphate) or 5′-GMP (5′-guanosine monophosphate).
  • A nucleotide analog is a nucleotide which contains some type of modification to either the base, sugar, or phosphate moieties. Modifications to the base moiety would include natural and synthetic modifications of A, C, G, and T/U as well as different purine or pyrimidine bases, such as uracil-5-yl (.psi.), hypoxanthin-9-yl (1), and 2-aminoadenin-9-yl. A modified base includes but is not limited to 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine and 7-methyladenine, 8-azaguanine and 8-azaadenine, 7-deazaguanine and 7-deazaadenine and 3-deazaguanine and 3-deazaadenine. Additional base modifications can be found for example in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 1991, 30, 613, and Sanghvi, Y. S., Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, pages 289-302, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B. ed., CRC Press, 1993. Certain nucleotide analogs, such as 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine. 5-methylcytosine can increase the stability of duplex formation. Often time base modifications can be combined with for example a sugar modifcation, such as 2′-O-methoxyethyl, to achieve unique properties such as increased duplex stability. There are numerous United States patents such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,845,205; 5,130,302; 5,134,066; 5,175,273; 5,367,066; 5,432,272; 5,457,187; 5,459,255; 5,484,908; 5,502,177; 5,525,711; 5,552,540; 5,587,469; 5,594,121, 5,596,091; 5,614,617; and 5,681,941, which detail and describe a range of base modifications. Each of these patents is herein incorporated by reference.
  • Nucleotide analogs can also include modifications of the sugar moiety. Modifications to the sugar moiety would include natural modifications of the ribose and deoxy ribose as well as synthetic modifications. Sugar modifications include but are not limited to the following modifications at the 2′ position: OH; F; O—, S—, or N-alkyl; O—, S—, or N-alkenyl; O—, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10, alkyl or C2 to C10 alkenyl and alkynyl. 2′ sugar modiifcations also include but are not limited to —O[(CH2)nO]mCH3, —O(CH2), OCH3, —O(CH2)nNH2, —O(CH2)nCH3, —O(CH2)n—ONH2, and —O(CH2)nON[CH2)nCH3)]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10.
  • Other modifications at the 2′ position include but are not limted to: C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH3, OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF3, OCF3, SOCH3, SO2CH3, ONO2, NO2, N3, NH2, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties. Similar'modifications can also be made at other positions on the sugar, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleotide or in 2′-5′ linked oligonucleotides and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide. Modified sugars would also include those that contain modifications at the bridging ring oxygen, such as CH2 and S, Nucleotide sugar analogs can also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar. There are numerous United States patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080; 5,359,044; 5,393,878; 5,446,137; 5,466,786; 5,514,785; 5,519,134; 5,567,811; 5,576,427; 5,591,722; 5,597,909; 5,610,300; 5,627,053; 5,639,873; 5,646,265; 5,658,873; 5,670,633; and 5,700,920, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Nucleotide analogs can also be modified at the phosphate moiety. Modified phosphate moieties include but are not limited to those that can be modified so that the linkage between two nucleotides contains a phosphorothioate, chiral phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphotriester, aminoalkylphosphotriester, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonate and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates. It is understood that these phosphate or modified phosphate linkage between two nucleotides can be through a 3′-5′ linkage or a 2′-5′ linkage, and the linkage can contain inverted polarity such as 3′-5′ to 5′-3′ or 2′-5′ to 5′-2′. Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included. Numerous United States patents teach how to make and use nucleotides containing modified phosphates and include but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,687,808; 4,469,863; 4,476,301; 5,023,243; 5,177,196; 5,188,897; 5,264,423; 5,276,019; 5,278,302; 5,286,717; 5,321,131; 5,399,676; 5,405,939; 5,453,496; 5,455,233; 5,466,677; 5,476,925; 5,519,126; 5,536,821; 5,541,306; 5,550,111; 5,563,253; 5,571,799; 5,587,361; and 5,625,050, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • It is understood that nucleotide analogs need only contain a single modification, but can also contain multiple modifications within one of the moieties or between different moieties.
  • Nucleotide substitutes are molecules having similar functional properties to nucleotides, but which do not contain a phosphate moiety, such as peptide nucleic acid (PNA). Nucleotide substitutes are molecules that will recognize nucleic acids in a Watson-Crick or Hoogsteen manner, but which are linked together through a moiety other than a phosphate moiety. Nucleotide substitutes are able to conform to a double helix type structure when interacting with the appropriate target nucleic acid.
  • Nucleotide substitutes are nucleotides or nucleotide analogs that have had the phosphate moiety and/or sugar moieties replaced. Nucleotide substitutes do not contain a standard phosphorus atom. Substitutes for the phosphate can be for example, short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages. These include those having morpholino linkages (formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside); siloxane backbones; sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones; formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones; methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones; alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones; sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones; amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH2 component parts. Numerous United States patents disclose how to make and use these types of phosphate replacements and include but are not limited to U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,034,506; 5,166,315; 5,185,444; 5,214,134; 5,216,141; 5,235,033; 5,264,562; 5,264,564; 5,405,938; 5,434,257; 5,466,677; 5,470,967; 5,489,677; 5,541,307; 5,561,225; 5,596,086; 5,602,240; 5,610,289; 5,602,240; 5,608,046; 5,610,289; 5,618,704; 5,623,070; 5,663,312; 5,633,360; 5,677,437; and 5,677,439, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • It is also understood in a nucleotide substitute that both the sugar and the phosphate moieties of the nucleotide can be replaced, by for example an amide type linkage (aminoethylglycine) (PNA). U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262 teach how to make and use PNA molecules, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. (See also Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254, 1497-1500).
  • It is also possible to link other types of molecules (conjugates) to nucleotides or nucleotide analogs to enhance for example, cellular uptake. Conjugates can be chemically linked to the nucleotide or nucleotide analogs. Such conjugates include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1989, 86, 6553-6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1994, 4, 1053-1060), a thioether, e.g., hexyl-5-tritylthiol (Manoharan et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1992, 660, 306-309; Manoharan et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let., 1993, 3, 2765-2770), a thiocholesterol (Oberhauser et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1992, 20, 533-538), an aliphatic chain, e.g., dodecandiol or undecyl residues (Saison-Behmoaras et al.; EMBO J., 1991, 10, 1111-1118; Kabanov et al., FEBS Lett., 1990, 259, 327-330; Svinarchuk et al., Biochimie, 1993, 75, 49-54), a phospholipid, e.g., di-hexadecyl-rac-glycerol or triethylammonium 1,2-di-O-hexadecyl-rac-glycero-3-H-phosphonate (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654; Shea et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 1990, 18, 3777-3783), a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Manoharan et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1995, 14, 969-973), or adamantane acetic acid (Manoharan et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 1995, 36, 3651-3654), a palmityl moiety (Mishra et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1995, 1264, 229-237), or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety (Crooke et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1996, 277, 923-937. Numerous United States patents teach the preparation of such conjugates and include, but are not limited to U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,828,979; 4,948,882; 5,218,105; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,578,717, 5,580,731; 5,580,731; 5,591,584; 5,109,124; 5,118,802; 5,138,045; 5,414,077; 5,486,603; 5,512,439; 5,578,718; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,605,735; 4,667,025; 4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582; 4,958,013; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,245,022; 5,254,469; 5,258,506; 5,262,536; 5,272,250; 5,292,873; 5,317,098; 5,371,241, 5,391,723; 5,416,203, 5,451,463; 5,510,475; 5,512,667; 5,514,785; 5,565,552; 5,567,810; 5,574,142; 5,585,481; 5,587,371; 5,595,726; 5,597,696; 5,599,923; 5,599,928 and 5,688,941, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • A Watson-Crick interaction is at least one interaction with the Watson-Crick face of a nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute. The Watson-Crick face of a nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute includes the C2, N1, and C6 positions of a purine based nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute and the C2, N3, C4 positions of a pyrimidine based nucleotide, nucleotide analog, or nucleotide substitute.
  • A Hoogsteen interaction is the interaction that takes place on the Hoogsteen face of a nucleotide or nucleotide analog, which is exposed in the major groove of duplex DNA. The Hoogsteen face includes the N7 position and reactive groups (NH2 or O) at the C6 position of purine nucleotides.
  • b) Sequences
  • There are a variety of sequences related to the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF genes having, for example, the sequences as disclosed herein or sequences available in the literature. These sequences and others are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties as well as for individual subsequences contained therein.
  • One particular sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 25 used herein, as an example, to exemplify the disclosed compositions and methods. It is understood that the description related to this sequence is applicable to any sequence related to CR2, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF unless specifically indicated otherwise. Those of skill in the art understand how to resolve sequence discrepancies and differences and to adjust the compositions and methods relating to a particular sequence to other related sequences (i.e. sequences of CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF). Primers and/or probes can be designed for any CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF sequence given the information disclosed herein and known in the art.
  • 3. Delivery of the Compositions to Cells
  • There are a number of compositions and methods which can be used to deliver the present fusion protein compositions, immunoconjugate compositions, and nucleic acid compositions to cells, either in vitro or in vivo. Compositions of the invention are preferably administered to a subject in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (19th ed.) ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. 1995. Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic. Examples of the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, saline, water:oil emulsions, oil:water emulsions, water:oil:water emulsions, and Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5. Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of antibody being administered.
  • The compositions of the invention can be administered to the subject, patient, or cell by injection (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular), or by other methods such as infusion that ensure its delivery to the bloodstream in an effective form. Local or intravenous injection is preferred.
  • Effective dosages and schedules for administering the compositions of the invention can be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Those skilled in the art will understand that the dosage of the compositions of the invention that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the subject that will receive the composition, the route of administration, the particular type of composition used and other drugs being administered. A typical daily dosage of the compositions of the invention used alone might range from about 1 μg/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • a) Nucleic Acid Based Delivery Systems
  • There are a number of compositions and methods which can be used to deliver nucleic acids to cells, either in vitro or in vivo. These methods and compositions can largely be broken down into two classes: viral based delivery systems and non-viral based delivery systems. For example, the nucleic acids can be delivered through a number of direct delivery systems such as, electroporation, lipofection, calcium phosphate precipitation, plasmids, viral vectors, viral nucleic acids, phage nucleic acids, phages, cosmids, or via transfer of genetic material in cells or carriers such as cationic liposomes. Appropriate means for transfection, including viral vectors, chemical transfectants, or physico-mechanical methods such as electroporation and direct diffusion of DNA, are described by, for example, Wolff, J. A., et al., Science, 247, 1465-1468, (1990); and Wolff, S. A. Nature, 352, 815-818, (1991) Such methods are well known in the art and readily adaptable for use with the compositions and methods described herein. In certain cases, the methods will be modified to specifically function with large DNA molecules. Further, these methods can be used to target certain diseases and cell populations by using the targeting characteristics of the carrier.
  • Transfer vectors can be any nucleotide construction used to deliver genes into cells (e.g., a plasmid), or as part of a general strategy to deliver genes, e.g., as part of recombinant retrovirus or adenovirus (Ram et al. Cancer Res. 53:83-88, (1993)).
  • As used herein, plasmid or viral vectors are agents that transport the disclosed nucleic acids, such as SEQ ID NO: 25 into the cell without degradation and include a promoter yielding expression of the gene in the cells into which it is delivered. In some embodiments the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVFs are derived from either a virus or a retrovirus. Viral vectors are, for example, Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus, Herpes virus, Vaccinia virus, Polio virus, AIDS virus, neuronal trophic virus, Sindbis and other RNA viruses, including these viruses with the HIV backbone. Also preferred are any viral families which share the properties of these viruses which make them suitable for use as vectors. Retroviruses include Murine Maloney Leukemia virus, MMLV, and retroviruses that express the desirable properties of MMLV as a vector. Retroviral vectors are able to carry a larger genetic payload, i.e., a transgene or marker gene, than other viral vectors, and for this reason are a commonly used vector. However, they are not as useful in non-proliferating cells. Adenovirus vectors are relatively stable and easy to work with, have high titers, and can be delivered in aerosol formulation, and can transfect non-dividing cells. Pox viral vectors are large and have several sites for inserting genes, they are thermostable and can be stored at room temperature. A preferred embodiment is a viral vector which has been engineered so as to suppress the immune response of the host organism, elicited by the viral antigens. Preferred vectors of this type will carry coding regions for Interleukin 8 or 10.
  • Viral vectors can have higher transaction (ability to introduce genes) abilities than chemical or physical methods to introduce genes into cells. Typically, viral vectors contain, nonstructural early genes, structural late genes, an RNA polymerase III transcript, inverted terminal repeats necessary for replication and encapsidation, and promoters to control the transcription and replication of the viral genome. When engineered as vectors, viruses typically have one or more of the early genes removed and a gene or gene/promotor cassette is inserted into the viral genome in place of the removed viral DNA. Constructs of this type can carry up to about 8 kb of foreign genetic material. The necessary functions of the removed early genes are typically supplied by cell lines which have been engineered to express the gene products of the early genes in trans.
  • (1) Retroviral Vectors
  • A retrovirus is an animal virus belonging to the virus family of Retroviridae, including any types, subfamilies, genus, or tropisms. Retroviral vectors, in general, are described by Verma, I. M., Retroviral vectors for gene transfer. In Microbiology-1985, American Society for Microbiology, pp. 229-232, Washington, (1985), which is incorporated by reference herein. Examples of methods for using retroviral vectors for gene therapy are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,868,116 and 4,980,286; PCT applications WO 90/02806 and WO 89/07136; and Mulligan, (Science 260:926-932 (1993)); the teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • A retrovirus is essentially a package which has packed into it nucleic acid cargo. The nucleic acid cargo carries with it a packaging signal, which ensures that the replicated daughter molecules will be efficiently packaged within the package coat. In addition to the package signal, there are a number of molecules which are needed in cis, for the replication, and packaging of the replicated virus. Typically a retroviral genome, contains the gag, pol, and env genes which are involved in the making of the protein coat. It is the gag, pol, and env genes which are typically replaced by the foreign DNA that it is to be transferred to the target cell. Retrovirus vectors typically contain a packaging signal for incorporation into the package coat, a sequence which signals the start of the gag transcription unit, elements necessary for reverse transcription, including a primer binding site to bind the tRNA primer of reverse transcription, terminal repeat sequences that guide the switch of RNA strands during DNA synthesis, a purine rich sequence 5′ to the 3′ LTR that serve as the priming site for the synthesis of the second strand of DNA synthesis, and specific sequences near the ends of the LTRs that enable the insertion of the DNA state of the retrovirus to insert into the host genome. The removal of the gag, pol, and env genes allows for about 8 kb of foreign sequence to be inserted into the viral genome, become reverse transcribed, and upon replication be packaged into a new retroviral particle. This amount of nucleic acid is sufficient for the delivery of a one to many genes depending on the size of each transcript. It is preferable to include either positive or negative selectable markers along with other genes in the insert.
  • Since the replication machinery and packaging proteins in most retroviral vectors have been removed (gag, pol, and env), the vectors are typically generated by placing them into a packaging cell line. A packaging cell line is a cell line which has been transfected or transformed with a retrovirus that contains the replication and packaging machinery, but lacks any packaging signal. When the vector carrying the DNA of choice is transfected into these cell lines, the vector containing the gene of interest is replicated and packaged into new retroviral particles, by the machinery provided in cis by the helper cell. The genomes for the machinery are not packaged because they lack the necessary signals.
  • (2) Adenoviral Vectors
  • The construction of replication-defective adenoviruses has been described (Berkner et al., J. Virology 61:1213-1220 (1987); Massie et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 6:2872-2883 (1986); Haj-Ahmad et al., I. Virology 57:267-274 (1986); Davidson et al., J. Virology 61:1226-1239 (1987); Zhang “Generation and identification of recombinant adenovirus by liposome-mediated transfection and PCR analysis” BioTechniques 15:868-872 (1993)). The benefit of the use of these viruses as vectors is that they are limited in the extent to which they can spread to other cell types, since they can replicate within an initial infected cell, but are unable to form new infectious viral particles. Recombinant adenoviruses have been shown to achieve high efficiency gene transfer after direct, in vivo delivery to airway epithelium, hepatocytes, vascular endothelium, CNS parenchyma and a number of other tissue sites (Morsy, J. Clin. Invest. 92:1580-1586 (1993); Kirshenbaum, J. Clin. Invest. 92:381-387 (1993); Roessler, J. Clin. Invest. 92:1085-1092 (1993); Moullier, Nature Genetics 4:154-159 (1993); La Salle, Science 259:988-990 (1993); Gomez-Foix, J. Biol. Chem. 267:25129-25134 (1992); Rich, Human Gene Therapy 4:461-476 (1993); Zabner, Nature Genetics 6:75-83 (1994); Guzman, Circulation Research 73:1201-1207 (1993); Bout, Human Gene Therapy 5:3-10 (1994); Zabner, Cell 75:207-216 (1993); Caillaud, Eur. J. Neuroscience 5:1287-1291 (1993); and Ragot, J. Gen. Virology 74:501-507 (1993)). Recombinant adenoviruses achieve gene transduction by binding to specific cell surface receptors, after which the virus is internalized by receptor-mediated endocytosis, in the same manner as wild type or replication-defective adenovirus (Chardonnet and Dales, Virology 40:462-477 (1970); Brown and Burlingham, J. Virology 12:386-396 (1973); Svensson and Persson, J. Virology 55:442-449 (1985); Seth, et al., J. Virol. 51:650-655 (1984); Seth, et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:1528-1533 (1984); Varga et al., J. Virology 65:6061-6070 (1991); Wickham et al., Cell 73:309-319 (1993)).
  • A viral vector can be one based on an adenovirus which has had the E1 gene removed and these virons are generated in a cell line such as the human 293 cell line. In another preferred embodiment both the E1 and E3 genes are removed from the adenovirus genome.
  • (3) Adeno-Asscociated Viral Vectors
  • Another type of viral vector is based on an adeno-associated virus (AAV). This defective parvovirus is a preferred vector because it can infect many cell types and is nonpathogenic to humans. AAV type vectors can transport about 4 to 5 kb and wild type AAV is known to stably insert into chromosome 19. Vectors which contain this site specific integration property are preferred. An especially preferred embodiment of this type of vector is the P4.1 C vector produced by Avigen, San Francisco, Calif., which can contain the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase gene, HSV-tk, and/or a marker gene, such as the gene encoding the green fluorescent protein, GFP.
  • In another type of AAV virus, the AAV contains a pair of inverted terminal repeats (ITRs) which flank at least one cassette containing a promoter which directs cell-specific expression operably linked to a heterologous gene. Heterologous in this context refers to any nucleotide sequence or gene which is not native to the AAV or B19 parvovirus.
  • Typically the AAV and B 19 coding regions have been deleted, resulting in a safe, noncytotoxic vector. The AAV ITRs, or modifications thereof, confer infectivity and site-specific integration, but not cytotoxicity, and the promoter directs cell-specific expression. U.S. Pat. No. 6,261,834 is herein incorproated by reference for material related to the AAV vector.
  • The vectors of the present invention thus provide DNA molecules which are capable of integration into a mammalian chromosome without substantial toxicity.
  • The inserted genes in viral and retroviral usually contain promoters, and/or enhancers to help control the expression of the desired gene product. A promoter is generally a sequence or sequences of DNA that function when in a relatively fixed location in regard to the transcription start site. A promoter contains core elements required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, and can contain upstream elements and response elements.
  • (4) Large Payload Viral Vectors
  • Molecular genetic experiments with large human herpesviruses have provided a means whereby large heterologous DNA fragments can be cloned, propagated and established in cells permissive for infection with herpesviruses (Sun et al., Nature genetics 8: 33-41, 1994; Cotter and Robertson, Curr Opin Mol Ther 5: 633-644, 1999). These large DNA viruses (herpes simplex virus (HSV) and Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), have the potential to deliver fragments of human heterologous DNA>150 kb to specific cells. EBV recombinants can maintain large pieces of DNA in the infected B-cells as episomal DNA. Individual clones carried human genomic inserts up to 330 kb appeared genetically stable The maintenance of these episomes requires a specific EBV nuclear protein, EBNA1, constitutively expressed during infection with EBV. Additionally, these vectors can be used for transfection, where large amounts of protein can be generated transiently in vitro. Herpesvirus amplicon systems are also being used to package pieces of DNA>220 kb and to infect cells that can stably maintain DNA as episomes.
  • Other useful systems include, for example, replicating and host-restricted non-replicating vaccinia virus vectors.
  • b) Non-Nucleic Acid Based Systems
  • The disclosed compositions can be delivered to the target cells in a variety of ways. For example, the compositions can be delivered through electroporation, or through lipofection, or through calcium phosphate precipitation. The delivery mechanism chosen will depend in part on the type of cell targeted and whether the delivery is occurring for example in vivo or in vitro.
  • Thus, the compositions can comprise, in addition to the disclosed CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF or vectors for example, lipids such as liposomes, such as cationic liposomes (e.g., DOTMA, DOPE, DC-cholesterol) or anionic liposomes. Liposomes can further comprise proteins to facilitate targeting a particular cell, if desired. Administration of a composition comprising a compound and a cationic liposome can be administered to the blood afferent to a target organ or inhaled into the respiratory tract to target cells of the respiratory tract. Regarding liposomes, see, e.g., Brigham et al. Am. J. Resp. Mol. Biol. 1:95-100 (1989); Feigner et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:7413-7417 (1987); U.S. Pat. No. 4,897,355. Furthermore, the compound can be administered as a component of a microcapsule that can be targeted to specific cell types, such as macrophages, or where the diffusion of the compound or delivery of the compound from the microcapsule is designed for a specific rate or dosage.
  • In the methods described above which include the administration and uptake of exogenous DNA into the cells of a subject (i.e., gene transduction or transfection), delivery of the compositions to cells can be via a variety of mechanisms. As one example, delivery can be via a liposome, using commercially available liposome preparations such as LIPOFECTIN, LIPOFECTAMINE (GIBCO-BRL, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.), SUPERFECT (Qiagen, Inc. Hilden, Germany) and TRANSFECTAM (Promega Biotec, Inc., Madison, Wis.), as well as other liposomes developed according to procedures standard in the art. In addition, the nucleic acid or vector of this invention can be delivered in vivo by electroporation, the technology for which is available from Genetronics, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) as well as by means of a SONOPORATION machine (ImaRx Pharmaceutical Corp., Tucson, Ariz.).
  • The materials can be in solution, suspension (for example, incorporated into microparticles, liposomes, or cells). These can be targeted to a particular cell type via antibodies, receptors, or receptor ligands. The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2:447-451, (1991); Bagshawe, K. D., Br. J. Cancer, 60:275-281, (1989); Bagshawe, et al., Br. J. Cancer, 58:700-703, (1988); Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 4:3-9, (1993); Battelli, et al., Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 35:421-425, (1992); Pietersz and McKenzie, Immunolog. Reviews, 129:57-80, (1992); and Roffler, et al., Biochem. Pharmacol, 42:2062-2065, (1991)). These techniques can be used for a variety of other speciifc cell types. Vehicles such as “stealth” and other antibody conjugated liposomes (including lipid mediated drug targeting to colonic carcinoma), receptor mediated targeting of DNA through cell specific ligands, lymphocyte directed tumor targeting, and highly specific therapeutic retroviral targeting of murine glioma cells in vivo. The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Hughes et al., Cancer Research, 49:6214-6220, (1989); and Litzinger and Huang, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1104:179-187, (1992)). In general, receptors are involved in pathways of endocytosis, either constitutive or ligand induced. These receptors cluster in clathrin-coated pits, enter the cell via clathrin-coated vesicles, pass through an acidified endosome in which the receptors are sorted, and then either recycle to the cell surface, become stored intracellularly, or are degraded in lysosomes. The internalization pathways serve a variety of functions, such as nutrient uptake, removal of activated proteins, clearance of macromolecules, opportunistic entry of viruses and toxins, dissociation and degradation of ligand, and receptor-level regulation. Many receptors follow more than one intracellular pathway, depending on the cell type, receptor concentration, type of ligand, ligand valency, and ligand concentration. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of receptor-mediated endocytosis, has been reviewed (Brown and Greene, DNA and Cell Biology 10:6, 399-409 (1991)).
  • Nucleic acids that are delivered to cells which are to be integrated into the host cell genome, typically contain integration sequences. These sequences are often viral related sequences, particularly when viral based systems are used. These viral intergration systems can also be incorporated into nucleic acids which are to be delivered using a non-nucleic acid based system of deliver, such as a liposome, so that the nucleic acid contained in the delivery system can be come integrated into the host genome.
  • Other general techniques for integration into the host genome include, for example, systems designed to promote homologous recombination with the host genome. These systems typically rely on sequence flanking the nucleic acid to be expressed that has enough homology with a target sequence within the host cell genome that recombination between the vector nucleic acid and the target nucleic acid takes place, causing the delivered nucleic acid to be integrated into the host genome. These systems and the methods necessary to promote homologous recombination are known to those of skill in the art.
  • c) In Vivo/Ex Vivo
  • As described above, the compositions can be administered in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and can be delivered to the subject=s cells in vivo and/or ex vivo by a variety of mechanisms well known in the art (e.g., uptake of naked DNA, liposome fusion, intramuscular injection of DNA via a gene gun, endocytosis and the like).
  • If ex vivo methods are employed, cells or tissues can be removed and maintained outside the body according to standard protocols well known in the art. The compositions can be introduced into the cells via any gene transfer mechanism, such as, for example, calcium phosphate mediated gene delivery, electroporation, microinjection or proteoliposomes. The transduced cells can then be infused (e.g., in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier) or homotopically transplanted back into the subject per standard methods for the cell or tissue type. Standard methods are known for transplantation or infusion of various cells into a subject.
  • 4. Expression Systems
  • The nucleic acids that are delivered to cells typically contain expression controlling systems. For example, the inserted genes in viral and retroviral systems usually contain promoters, and/or enhancers to help control the expression of the desired gene product. A promoter is generally a sequence or sequences of DNA that function when in a relatively fixed location in regard to the transcription start site. A promoter contains core elements required for basic interaction of RNA polymerase and transcription factors, and can contain upstream elements and response elements.
  • a) Viral Promoters and Enhancers
  • Preferred promoters controlling transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells can be obtained from various sources, for example, the genomes of viruses such as: polyoma, Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably cytomegalovirus, or from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. beta actin promoter. The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment which also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication (Fiers et al., Nature, 273: 113 (1978)). The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment (Greenway, P. J. et al., Gene 18: 355-360 (1982)). Of course, promoters from the host cell or related species also are useful herein.
  • Enhancer generally refers to a sequence of DNA that functions at no fixed distance from the transcription start site and can be either 5′ (Laimins, L. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 78: 993 (1981)) or 3′ (Lusky, M. L., et al., Mol. Cell. Bio. 3: 1108 (1983)) to the transcription unit. Furthermore, enhancers can be within an intron (Banerji, J. L. et al., Cell 33: 729 (1983)) as well as within the coding sequence itself (Osborne, T. F., et al., Mol. Cell. Bio. 4: 1293 (1984)). They are usually between 10 and 300 bp in length, and they function in cis. Enhancers function to increase transcription from nearby promoters. Enhancers also often contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. Promoters can also contain response elements that mediate the regulation of transcription. Enhancers often determine the regulation of expression of a gene. While many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, -fetoprotein and insulin), typically one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus for general expression. Preferred examples are the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
  • The promotor and/or enhancer can be specifically activated either by light or specific chemical events which trigger their function. Systems can be regulated by reagents such as tetracycline and dexamethasone. There are also ways to enhance viral vector gene expression by exposure to irradiation, such as gamma irradiation, or alkylating chemotherapy drugs.
  • In certain embodiments the promoter and/or enhancer region can act as a constitutive promoter and/or enhancer to maximize expression of the region of the transcription unit to be transcribed. In certain constructs the promoter and/or enhancer region be active in all eukaryotic cell types, even if it is only expressed in a particular type of cell at a particular time. A preferred promoter of this type is the CMV promoter (650 bases). Other preferred promoters are SV40 promoters, cytomegalovirus (full length promoter), and retroviral vector LTF.
  • It has been shown that all specific regulatory elements can be cloned and used to construct expression vectors that are selectively expressed in specific cell types such as melanoma cells. The glial fibrillary acetic protein (GFAP) promoter has been used to selectively express genes in cells of glial origin.
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human or nucleated cells) can also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription which can affect mRNA expression. These regions are transcribed as polyadenylated segments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding tissue factor protein. The 3′ untranslated regions also include transcription termination sites. It is preferred that the transcription unit also contains a polyadenylation region. One benefit of this region is that it increases the likelihood that the transcribed unit will be processed and transported like mRNA. The identification and use of polyadenylation signals in expression constructs is well established. It is preferred that homologous polyadenylation signals be used in the transgene constructs. In certain transcription units, the polyadenylation region is derived from the SV40 early polyadenylation signal and consists of about 400 bases. It is also preferred that the transcribed units contain other standard sequences alone or in combination with the above sequences improve expression from, or stability of, the construct.
  • b) Markers
  • The viral vectors can include nucleic acid sequence encoding a marker product. This marker product is used to determine if the gene has been delivered to the cell and once delivered is being expressed. Preferred marker genes are the E. Coli lacZ gene, which encodes β-galactosidase, and green fluorescent protein.
  • In some embodiments the marker can be a selectable marker. Examples of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR), thymidine kinase, neomycin, neomycin analog G418, hydromycin, and puromycin. When such selectable markers are successfully transferred into a mammalian host cell, the transformed mammalian host cell can survive if placed under selective pressure. There are two widely used distinct categories of selective regimes. The first category is based on a cell's metabolism and the use of a mutant cell line which lacks the ability to grow independent of a supplemented media. Two examples are: CHO DHFR-cells and mouse LTK-cells. These cells lack the ability to grow without the addition of such nutrients as thymidine or hypoxanthine. Because these cells lack certain genes necessary for a complete nucleotide synthesis pathway, they cannot survive unless the missing nucleotides are provided in a supplemented media. An alternative to supplementing the media is to introduce an intact DHFR or TK gene into cells lacking the respective genes, thus altering their growth requirements. Individual cells which were not transformed with the DHFR or TK gene will not be capable of survival in non-supplemented media.
  • The second category is dominant selection which refers to a selection scheme used in any cell type and does not require the use of a mutant cell line. These schemes typically use a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells which have a novel gene would express a protein conveying drug resistance and would survive the selection. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, (Southern P. and Berg, P., J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1: 327 (1982)), mycophenolic acid, (Mulligan, R. C. and Berg, P. Science 209: 1422 (1980)) or hygromycin, (Sugden, B. et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 5: 410-413 (1985)). The three examples employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid) or hygromycin, respectively. Others include the neomycin analog G418 and puramycin.
  • 5. Peptides
  • a) Protein Variants
  • As discussed herein there are numerous variants of the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), and CR2-CVF protein that are known and herein contemplated. In addition, to the known functional CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), and CR2-CVF strain variants, there are derivatives of the CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), and CR2-CVF proteins which also function in the disclosed methods and compositions. Protein variants and derivatives are well understood to those of skill in the art and can involve amino acid sequence modifications. For example, amino acid sequence modifications typically fall into one or more of three classes: substitutional, insertional or deletional variants. Insertions include amino and/or carboxyl terminal fusions as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Insertions ordinarily will be smaller insertions than those of amino or carboxyl terminal fusions, for example, on the order of one to four residues. Immunogenic fusion protein derivatives, such as those described in the examples, are made by fusing a polypeptide sufficiently large to confer immunogenicity to the target sequence by cross-linking in vitro or by recombinant cell culture transformed with DNA encoding the fusion. Deletions are characterized by the removal of one or more amino acid residues from the protein sequence. Typically, no more than about from 2 to 6 residues are deleted at any one site within the protein molecule. These variants ordinarily are prepared by site specific mutagenesis of nucleotides in the DNA encoding the protein, thereby producing DNA encoding the variant, and thereafter expressing the DNA in recombinant cell culture. Techniques for making substitution mutations at predetermined sites in DNA having a known sequence are well known, for example M13 primer mutagenesis and PCR mutagenesis. Amino acid substitutions are typically of single residues, but can occur at a number of different locations at once; insertions usually will be on the order of about from 1 to 10 amino acid residues; and deletions will range about from 1 to 30 residues. Deletions or insertions preferably are made in adjacent pairs, i.e. a deletion of 2 residues or insertion of 2 residues. Substitutions, deletions, insertions or any combination thereof can be combined to arrive at a final construct. The mutations must not place the sequence out of reading frame and preferably will not create complementary regions that could produce secondary mRNA structure. Substitutional variants are those in which at least one residue has been removed and a different residue inserted in its place. Such substitutions generally are made in accordance with the following Tables 1 and 2 and are referred to as conservative substitutions.
  • TABLE 1
    Amino Acid Abbreviations
    Amino Acid Abbreviations
    alanine Ala A
    allosoleucine AIle
    arginine Arg R
    asparagine Asn N
    aspartic acid Asp D
    cysteine Cys C
    glutamic acid Glu E
    glutamine Gln Q
    glycine Gly G
    histidine His H
    isolelucine Ile I
    leucine Leu L
    lysine Lys K
    phenylalanine Phe F
    proline Pro P
    pyroglutamic acidp pGlu
    serine Ser S
    threonine Thr T
    tyrosine Tyr Y
    tryptophan Trp W
    valine Val V
  • TABLE 2
    Amino Acid Substitutions
    Original Residue Exemplary Conservative
    Substitutions, others are known in the art.
    Ala; Ser
    Arg; Lys; Gln
    Asn; Gln; His
    Asp; Glu
    Cys; Ser
    Gln; Asn, Lys
    Glu; Asp
    Gly; Pro
    His; Asn; Gln
    Ile; Leu; Val
    Leu; Ile; Val
    Lys; Arg; Gln;
    Met; Leu; Ile
    Phe; Met; Leu; Tyr
    Ser; Thr
    Thr; Ser
    Trp; Tyr
    Tyr; Trp; Phe
    Val; Ile; Leu
  • Substantial changes in function or immunological identity are made by selecting substitutions that are less conservative than those in Table 2, i.e., selecting residues that differ more significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site or (c) the bulk of the side chain. The substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in the protein properties will be those in which (a) a hydrophilic residue, e.g. seryl or threonyl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, e.g. leucyl, isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl; (b) a cysteine or proline is substituted for (or by) any other residue; (c) a residue having an electropositive side chain, e.g., lysyl, arginyl, or histidyl, is substituted for (or by) an electronegative residue, e.g., glutamyl or aspartyl; or (d) a residue having a bulky side chain, e.g., phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, e.g., glycine, in this case, (e) by increasing the number of sites for sulfation and/or glycosylation.
  • For example, the replacement of one amino acid residue with another that is biologically and/or chemically similar is known to those skilled in the art as a conservative substitution. For example, a conservative substitution would be replacing one hydrophobic residue for another, or one polar residue for another. The substitutions include combinations such as, for example, Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr. Such conservatively substituted variations of each explicitly disclosed sequence are included within the mosaic polypeptides provided herein.
  • Substitutional or deletional mutagenesis can be employed to insert sites for N-glycosylation (Asn-X-Thr/Ser) or O-glycosylation (Ser or Thr). Deletions of cysteine or other labile residues also may be desirable. Deletions or substitutions of potential proteolysis sites, e.g. Arg, is accomplished for example by deleting one of the basic residues or substituting one by glutaminyl or histidyl residues.
  • Certain post-translational derivatizations are the result of the action of recombinant host cells on the expressed polypeptide. Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently post-translationally deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and asparyl residues. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Other post-translational modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the o-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T.E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco pp 79-86 [1983]), acetylation of the N-terminal amine and, in some instances, amidation of the C-terminal carboxyl.
  • It is understood that one way to define the variants and derivatives of the disclosed proteins herein is through defining the variants and derivatives in terms of homology/identity to specific known sequences. For example, SEQ ID NO: 26 sets forth a particular sequence of CR2 and SEQ ID NO: 2 sets forth a particular sequence of a DAF protein. Specifically disclosed are variants of these and other proteins herein disclosed which have at least, 70% or 75% or 80% or 85% or 90% or 95% homology to the stated sequence. Those of skill in the art readily understand how to determine the homology of two proteins. For example, the homology can be calculated after aligning the two sequences so that the homology is at its highest level.
  • Another way of calculating homology can be performed by published algorithms. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman Adv. Appl. Math. 2: 482 (1981), by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85: 2444 (1988), by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
  • The same types of homology can be obtained for nucleic acids by for example the algorithms disclosed in Zuker, M. Science 244:48-52, 1989, Jaeger et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:7706-7710, 1989, Jaeger et al. Methods Enzymol. 183:281-306, 1989 which are herein incorporated by reference for at least material related to nucleic acid alignment.
  • It is understood that the description of conservative mutations and homology can be combined together in any combination, such as embodiments that have at least 70% homology to a particular sequence wherein the variants are conservative mutations.
  • As this specification discusses various proteins and protein sequences it is understood that the nucleic acids that can encode those protein sequences are also disclosed. This would include all degenerate sequences related to a specific protein sequence, i.e. all nucleic acids having a sequence that encodes one particular protein sequence as well as all nucleic acids, including degenerate nucleic acids, encoding the disclosed variants and derivatives of the protein sequences. Thus, while each particular nucleic acid sequence may not be written out herein, it is understood that each and every sequence is in fact disclosed and described herein through the disclosed protein sequence. For example, one of the many nucleic acid sequences that can encode the protein sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO:26 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:25. In addition, for example, a disclosed conservative derivative of SEQ ID NO:26 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 29, where the isoleucine (I) at position 9 is changed to a valine (V). It is understood that for this mutation all of the nucleic acid sequences that encode this particular derivative of any of the disclosed sequences are also disclosed. It is also understood that while no amino acid sequence indicates what particular DNA sequence encodes that protein within an organism, where particular variants of a disclosed protein are disclosed herein, the known nucleic acid sequence that encodes that protein from which that protein arises is also known and herein disclosed and described.
  • 6. Antibodies
  • a) Antibodies Generally
  • The term “antibodies” is used herein in a broad sense and includes both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies. In addition to intact immunoglobulin molecules, also included in the term “antibodies” are fragments or polymers of those immunoglobulin molecules, and human or humanized versions of immunoglobulin molecules or fragments thereof; as described herein. The antibodies are tested for their desired activity using the in vitro assays described herein, or by analogous methods, after which their in vivo therapeutic and/or prophylactic activities are tested according to known clinical testing methods.
  • As used herein, the term “antibody” encompasses, but is not limited to, whole immunoglobulin (i.e., an intact antibody) of any class. Native antibodies are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Typically, each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V(H)) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V(L)) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains. The light chains of antibodies from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (k) and lambda (l), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains. Depending on the amino acid, sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of human immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, and several of these can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, and IgG-4; IgA-1 and IgA-2. One skilled in the art would recognize the comparable classes for mouse. The heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively.
  • The term “variable” is used herein to describe certain portions of the variable domains that differ in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not usually evenly distributed through the variable domains of antibodies. It is typically concentrated in three segments called complementarity determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of the variable domains are called the framework (FR). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a b-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the b-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies (see Kabat E. A. et al., “Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987)). The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
  • As used herein, the term “antibody or fragments thereof” encompasses chimeric antibodies and hybrid antibodies, with dual or multiple antigen or epitope specificities, and fragments, such as scFv, sFv, F(ab′)2, Fab′, Fab and the like, including hybrid fragments. Thus, fragments of the antibodies that retain the ability to bind their specific antigens are provided. For example, fragments of antibodies which maintain complement binding activity binding activity are included within the meaning of the term “antibody or fragment thereof.” Such antibodies and fragments can be made by techniques known in the art and can be screened for specificity and activity according to the methods set forth in the Examples and in general methods for producing antibodies and screening antibodies for specificity and activity (See Harlow and Lane. Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988)).
  • Also included within the meaning of “antibody or fragments thereof” are conjugates of antibody fragments and antigen binding proteins (single chain antibodies) as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,704,692, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • As used herein, the term “antibody” or “antibodies” can also refer to a human antibody and/or a humanized antibody. Many non-human antibodies (e.g., those derived from mice, rats, or rabbits) are naturally antigenic in humans, and thus can give rise to undesirable immune responses when administered to humans. Therefore, the use of human or humanized antibodies in the methods of the invention serves to lessen the chance that an antibody administered to a human will evoke an undesirable immune response.
  • Optionally, the antibodies are generated in other species and “humanized” for administration in humans. Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fc, scFv, sFv, Fv, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanized antibodies can also comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)).
  • Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source that is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important in order to reduce antigenicity. According to the “best-fit” method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993) and Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987)). Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains. The same framework can be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)).
  • It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to a preferred method, humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding (see, WO 94/04679, published 3 Mar. 1994).
  • The Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain of the heavy chain. Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. The F(ab′)2 fragment is a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab′ fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region. Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. Antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • An isolated immunogenically specific paratope or fragment of the antibody is also provided. A specific immunogenic epitope of the antibody can be isolated from the whole antibody by chemical or mechanical disruption of the molecule. The purified fragments thus obtained are tested to determine their immunogenicity and specificity by the methods taught herein. Immunoreactive paratopes of the antibody, optionally, are synthesized directly. An immunoreactive fragment is defined as an amino acid sequence of at least about two to five consecutive amino acids derived from the antibody amino acid sequence.
  • One method of producing proteins comprising the antibodies of the present invention is to link two or more peptides or polypeptides together by protein chemistry techniques. For example, peptides or polypeptides can be chemically synthesized using currently available laboratory equipment using either Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) or Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonoyl) chemistry. (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif.). One skilled in the art can readily appreciate that a peptide or polypeptide corresponding to the antibody of the present invention, for example, can be synthesized by standard chemical reactions. For example, a peptide or polypeptide can be synthesized and not cleaved from its synthesis resin whereas the other fragment of an antibody can be synthesized and subsequently cleaved from the resin, thereby exposing a terminal group which is functionally blocked on the other fragment. By peptide condensation reactions, these two fragments can be covalently joined via a peptide bond at their carboxyl and amino termini, respectively, to form an antibody, or fragment thereof. (Grant G A (1992) Synthetic Peptides: A User Guide. W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y. (1992); Bodansky M and Trost B., Ed. (1993) Principles of Peptide Synthesis. Springer-Verlag Inc., NY. Alternatively, the peptide or polypeptide is independently synthesized in vivo as described above. Once isolated, these independent peptides or polypeptides can be linked to form an antibody or fragment thereof via similar peptide condensation reactions.
  • For example, enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments allow relatively short peptide fragments to be joined to produce larger peptide fragments, polypeptides or whole protein domains (Abrahmsen L et al., Biochemistry, 30:4151 (1991)). Alternatively, native chemical ligation of synthetic peptides can be utilized to synthetically construct large peptides or polypeptides from shorter peptide fragments. This method consists of a two step chemical reaction (Dawson et al. Synthesis of Proteins by Native Chemical Ligation. Science, 266:776-779 (1994)). The first step is the chemoselective reaction of an unprotected synthetic peptide-alpha-thioester with another unprotected peptide segment containing an amino-terminal Cys residue to give a thioester-linked intermediate as the initial covalent product. Without a change in the reaction conditions, this intermediate undergoes spontaneous, rapid intramolecular reaction to form a native peptide bond at the ligation site. Application of this native chemical ligation method to the total synthesis of a protein molecule is illustrated by the preparation of human interleukin 8(IL-8) (Baggiolini M et al. (1992) FEBS Lett. 307:97-101; Clark-Lewis I et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:16075 (1994); Clark-Lewis I et al., Biochemistry, 30:3128 (1991); Rajarathnam K et al., Biochemistry 33:6623-30 (1994)).
  • Alternatively, unprotected peptide segments are chemically linked where the bond formed between the peptide segments as a result of the chemical ligation is an unnatural (non-peptide) bond (Schnolzer, M et al. Science, 256:221 (1992)). This technique has been used to synthesize analogs of protein domains as well as large amounts of relatively pure proteins with full biological activity (deLisle Milton R C et al., Techniques in Protein Chemistry IV. Academic Press, New York, pp. 257-267 (1992)).
  • The invention also provides fragments of antibodies which have bioactivity. The polypeptide fragments of the present invention can be recombinant proteins obtained by cloning nucleic acids encoding the polypeptide in an expression system capable of producing the polypeptide fragments thereof, such as an adenovirus or baculovirus expression system. For example, one can determine the active domain of an antibody from a specific hybridoma that can cause a biological effect associated with the interaction of the antibody with an Fc receptor. For example, amino acids found to not contribute to either the activity or the binding specificity or affinity of the antibody can be deleted without a loss in the respective activity. For example, in various embodiments, amino or carboxy-terminal amino acids are sequentially removed from either the native or the modified non-immunoglobulin molecule or the immunoglobulin molecule and the respective activity assayed in one of many available assays. In another example, a fragment of an antibody comprises a modified antibody wherein at least one amino acid has been substituted for the naturally occurring amino acid at a specific position, and a portion of either amino terminal or carboxy terminal amino acids, or even an internal region of the antibody, has been replaced with a polypeptide fragment or other moiety, such as biotin, which can facilitate in the purification of the modified antibody.
  • The fragments, whether attached to other sequences or not, include insertions, deletions, substitutions, or other selected modifications of particular regions or specific amino acids residues, provided the activity of the fragment is not significantly altered or impaired compared to the nonmodified antibody or antibody fragment. These modifications can provide for some additional property, such as to remove or add amino acids capable of disulfide bonding, to increase its bio-longevity, to alter its secretory characteristics, etc. In any case, the fragment must possess a bioactive property, such as binding activity, regulation of binding at the binding domain, etc. Functional or active regions of the antibody can be identified by mutagenesis of a specific region of the protein, followed by expression and testing of the expressed polypeptide. Such methods are readily apparent to a skilled practitioner in the art and can include site-specific mutagenesis of the nucleic acid encoding the antigen. (Zoller M J et al. Nucl. Acids Res. 10:6487-500 (1982).
  • A variety of immunoassay formats can be used to select antibodies that selectively bind with a particular protein, variant, or fragment. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies selectively immunoreactive with a protein, protein variant, or fragment thereof. See Harlow and Lane. Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York, (1988), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that could be used to determine selective binding. The binding affinity of a monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson et al., Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • Also provided is an antibody reagent kit comprising containers of the monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof of the invention and one or more reagents for detecting binding of the antibody or fragment thereof to the Fc receptor molecule. The reagents can include, for example, fluorescent tags, enzymatic tags, or other tags. The reagents can also include secondary or tertiary antibodies or reagents for enzymatic reactions, wherein the enzymatic reactions produce a product that can be visualized.
  • b) Human Antibodies
  • The human antibodies of the invention can be prepared using any technique. Examples of techniques for human monoclonal antibody production include those described by Cole et al. (Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77, 1985) and by Boerner et al. (J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95, 1991). Human antibodies of the invention (and fragments thereof) can also be produced using phage display libraries (Hoogenboom et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:381, 1991; Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581, 1991).
  • The human antibodies of the invention can also be obtained from transgenic animals. For example, transgenic, mutant mice that are capable of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies, in response to immunization, have been described (see, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2551-255 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362:255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immunol., 7:33 (1993)). Specifically, the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (J(H)) gene in these chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production, and the successful transfer of the human germ-line antibody gene array into such germ-line mutant mice results in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge. Antibodies having the desired activity are selected using Env-CD4-co-receptor complexes as described herein.
  • c) Administration of Antibodies
  • Antibodies of the invention are preferably administered to a subject in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Suitable carriers and their formulations are described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (19th ed.) ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. 1995. Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic. Examples of the pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier include, but are not limited to, saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5. Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes or microparticles. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers may be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of antibody being administered.
  • The antibodies can be administered to the subject, patient, or cell by injection (e.g., intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular), or by other methods such as infusion that ensure its delivery to the bloodstream in an effective form. Local or intravenous injection is preferred.
  • Effective dosages and schedules for administering the antibodies can be determined empirically, and making such determinations is within the skill in the art. Those skilled in the art will understand that the dosage of antibodies that must be administered will vary depending on, for example, the subject that will receive the antibody, the route of administration, the particular type of antibody used and other drugs being administered. Guidance in selecting appropriate doses for antibodies is found in the literature on therapeutic uses of antibodies, e.g., Handbook of Monoclonal Antibodies, Ferrone et al., eds., Noges Publications, Park Ridge, N.J., (1985) ch. 22 and pp. 303-357; Smith et al., Antibodies in Human Diagnosis and Therapy, Haber et al., eds., Raven Press, New York (1977) pp. 365-389. A typical daily dosage of the antibody used alone might range from about 1 μg/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of body weight or more per day, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • Following administration of an antibody for treating, inhibiting, or preventing an HIV infection, the efficacy of the therapeutic antibody can be assessed in various ways well known to the skilled practitioner. For instance, one of ordinary skill in the art will understand that an antibody of the invention is efficacious in treating or inhibiting an HIV infection in a subject by observing that the antibody reduces viral load or prevents a further increase in viral load. Viral loads can be measured by methods that are known in the art, for example, using polymerase chain reaction assays to detect the presence of HIV nucleic acid or antibody assays to detect the presence of HIV protein in a sample (e.g., but not limited to, blood) from a subject or patient, or by measuring the level of circulating anti-HIV antibody levels in the patient. Efficacy of the antibody treatment can also be determined by measuring the number of CD4+ T cells in the HIV-infected subject. An antibody treatment that inhibits an initial or further decrease in CD4+ T cells in an HIV-positive subject or patient, or that results in an increase in the number of CD4+ T cells in the HIV-positive subject, is an efficacious antibody treatment.
  • d) Nucleic Acid Approaches for Antibody Delivery
  • The compositions of the invention can also be administered to patients or subjects as a nucleic acid preparation (e.g., DNA or RNA) that encodes the antibody or antibody fragment, such that the patient's or subject's own cells take up the nucleic acid and produce and secrete the encoded composition (e.g., CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF).
  • e) Nucleic Acid Delivery
  • In the methods described above which include the administration and uptake of exogenous DNA into the cells of a subject (i.e., gene transduction or transfection), the nucleic acids of the present invention can be in the form of naked DNA or RNA, or the nucleic acids can be in a vector for delivering the nucleic acids to the cells, whereby the antibody-encoding DNA fragment is under the transcriptional regulation of a promoter, as would be well understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. The vector can be a commercially available preparation, such as an adenovirus vector (Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc. (Laval, Quebec, Canada). Delivery of the nucleic acid or vector to cells can be via a variety of mechanisms. As one example, delivery can be via a liposome, using commercially available liposome preparations such as LIPOFECTIN, LIPOFECTAMINE (GIBCO-BRL, Inc., Gaithersburg, Md.), SUPERFECT (Qiagen, Inc. Hilden, Germany) and TRANSFECTAM (Promega Biotec, Inc., Madison, Wis.), as well as other liposomes developed according to procedures standard in the art. In addition, the nucleic acid or vector of this invention can be delivered in vivo by electroporation, the technology for which is available from Genetronics, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) as well as by means of a SONOPORATION machine (ImaRx Pharmaceutical Corp., Tucson, Ariz.).
  • As one example, vector delivery can be via a viral system, such as a retroviral vector system which can package a recombinant retroviral genome (see e.g., Pastan et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:4486, 1988; Miller et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 6:2895, 1986). The recombinant retrovirus can then be used to infect and thereby deliver to the infected cells nucleic acid encoding a broadly neutralizing antibody (or active fragment thereof) of the invention. The exact method of introducing the altered nucleic acid into mammalian cells is, of course, not limited to the use of retroviral vectors. Other techniques are widely available for this procedure including the use of adenoviral vectors (Mitani et al., Hum. Gene Ther. 5:941-948, 1994), adeno-associated viral (AAV) vectors (Goodman et al., Blood 84:1492-1500, 1994), lentiviral vectors (Naidini et al., Science 272:263-267, 1996), pseudotyped retroviral vectors (Agrawal et al., Exper. Hematol. 24:738-747, 1996). Physical transduction techniques can also be used, such as liposome delivery and receptor-mediated and other endocytosis mechanisms (see, for example, Schwartzenberger et al., Blood 87:472-478, 1996). This invention can be used in conjunction with any of these or other commonly used gene transfer methods.
  • As one example, if the complement modulating construct-encoding nucleic acid of the invention is delivered to the cells of a subject in an adenovirus vector, the dosage for administration of adenovirus to humans can range from about 107 to 109 plaque forming units (pfu) per injection but can be as high as 1012 pfu per injection (Crystal, Hum. Gene Ther. 8:985-1001, 1997; Alvarez and Curiel, Hum. Gene Ther. 8:597-613, 1997). A subject can receive a single injection, or, if additional injections are necessary, they can be repeated at six month intervals (or other appropriate time intervals, as determined by the skilled practitioner) for an indefinite period and/or until the efficacy of the treatment has been established.
  • Parenteral administration of the nucleic acid or vector of the present invention, if used, is generally characterized by injection. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution of suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. A more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system such that a constant dosage is maintained. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,610,795, which is incorporated by reference herein. For additional discussion of suitable formulations and various routes of administration of therapeutic compounds, see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (19th ed.) ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. 1995.
  • 7. Pharmaceutical Carriers/Delivery of Pharamceutical Products
  • As described above, the compositions can also be administered in vivo in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. By “pharmaceutically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to a subject, along with the nucleic acid or vector, without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained. The carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art.
  • The compositions can be administered orally, parenterally (e.g., intravenously), by intramuscular injection, by intraperitoneal injection, transdermally, extracorporeally, topically or the like, although topical intranasal administration or administration by inhalant is typically preferred. As used herein, “topical intranasal administration” means delivery of the compositions into the nose and nasal passages through one or both of the nares and can comprise delivery by a spraying mechanism or droplet mechanism, or through aerosolization of the nucleic acid or vector. The latter is effective when a large number of animals is to be treated simultaneously. Administration of the compositions by inhalant can be through the nose or mouth via delivery by a spraying or droplet mechanism. Delivery can also be directly to any area of the respiratory system (e.g., lungs) via intubation. The exact amount of the compositions required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, weight and general condition of the subject, the severity of the allergic disorder being treated, the particular nucleic acid or vector used, its mode of administration and the like. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact amount for every composition. However, an appropriate amount can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation given the teachings herein.
  • Parenteral administration of the composition, if used, is generally characterized by injection. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution of suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. A more recently revised approach for parenteral administration involves use of a slow release or sustained release system such that a constant dosage is maintained. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,610,795, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The materials can be in solution, suspension (for example, incorporated into microparticles, liposomes, or cells). These can be targeted to a particular cell type via antibodies, receptors, or receptor ligands. The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2:447-451, (1991); Bagshawe, K. D., Br. J. Cancer, 60:275-281, (1989); Bagshawe, et al., Br. J. Cancer, 58:700-703, (1988); Senter, et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 4:3-9, (1993); Battelli, et al., Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 35:421-425, (1992); Pietersz and McKenzie, Immunolog. Reviews, 129:57-80, (1992); and Roffier, et al., Biochem. Pharmacol, 42:2062-2065, (1991)). Vehicles such as “stealth” and other antibody conjugated liposomes (including lipid mediated drug targeting to colonic carcinoma), receptor mediated targeting of DNA through cell specific ligands, lymphocyte directed tumor targeting, and highly specific therapeutic retroviral targeting of murine glioma cells in vivo. The following references are examples of the use of this technology to target specific proteins to tumor tissue (Hughes et al., Cancer Research, 49:6214-6220, (1989); and Litzinger and Huang, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1104:179-187, (1992)). In general, receptors are involved in pathways of endocytosis, either constitutive or ligand induced. These receptors cluster in clathrin-coated pits, enter the cell via clathrin-coated vesicles, pass through an acidified endosome in which the receptors are sorted, and then either recycle to the cell surface, become stored intracellularly, or are degraded in lysosomes. The internalization pathways serve a variety of functions, such as nutrient uptake, removal of activated proteins, clearance of macromolecules, opportunistic entry of viruses and toxins, dissociation and degradation of ligand, and receptor-level regulation. Many receptors follow more than one intracellular pathway, depending on the cell type, receptor concentration, type of ligand, ligand valency, and ligand concentration. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of receptor-mediated endocytosis has been reviewed (Brown and Greene, DNA and Cell Biology 10:6, 399-409 (1991)).
  • a) Pharmaceutically Acceptable Carriers
  • The compositions, including antibodies, can be used therapeutically in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers are known to those skilled in the art. These most typically would be standard carriers for administration of drugs to humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH. The compositions can be administered intramuscularly or subcutaneously. Other compounds will be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice. Pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, antiinflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • The pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. Administration can be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally), orally, by inhalation, or parenterally, for example by intravenous drip, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection. The disclosed antibodies can be administered intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, or transdermally.
  • Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
  • Formulations for topical administration can include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
  • Compositions for oral administration include powders or granules, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, sachets, or tablets. Thickeners, flavorings, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable.
  • Some of the compositions can be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid- or base- addition salt, formed by reaction with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid, and phosphoric acid, and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid, or by reaction with an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and organic bases such as mono-, di-, trialkyl and aryl amines and substituted ethanolamines.
  • b) Therapeutic Uses
  • The dosage ranges for the administration of the compositions are those large enough to produce the desired effect in which the symptoms disorder are effected. The dosage should not be so large as to cause adverse side effects, such as unwanted cross-reactions, anaphylactic reactions, and the like. Generally, the dosage will vary with the age, condition, sex and extent of the disease in the patient and can be determined by one of skill in the art. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any counterindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days.
  • Computer Readable Mediums
  • It is understood that the disclosed nucleic acids and proteins can be represented as a sequence consisting of the nucleotides of amino acids. There are a variety of ways to display these sequences, for example the nucleotide guanosine can be represented by G or g. Likewise the amino acid valine can be represented by Val or V. Those of skill in the art understand how to display and express any nucleic acid or protein sequence in any of the variety of ways that exist, each of which is considered herein disclosed. Specifically contemplated herein is the display of these sequences on computer readable mediums, such as, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks, or other computer readable mediums. Also disclosed are the binary code representations of the disclosed sequences. Those of skill in the art understand what computer readable mediums. Thus, computer readable mediums on which the nucleic acids or protein sequences are recorded, stored, or saved.
  • Disclosed are computer readable mediums comprising the sequences and information regarding the sequences set forth herein. Also disclosed are computer readable mediums comprising the sequences and information regarding the sequences set forth herein wherein the sequences do not include SEQ ID Nos: 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, and 42.
  • Compositions Identified by Screening with Disclosed Compositions
  • Computer Assisted Drug Design
  • The disclosed compositions can be used as targets for any molecular modeling technique to identify either the structure of the disclosed compositions or to identify potential or actual molecules, such as small molecules, which interact in a desired way with the disclosed compositions. The nucleic acids, peptides, and related molecules disclosed herein can be used as targets in any molecular modeling program or approach.]
  • It is understood that when using the disclosed compositions in modeling techniques, molecules, such as macromolecular molecules, will be identified that have particular desired properties such as inhibition or stimulation or the target molecule's function. The molecules identified and isolated when using the disclosed compositions, such as CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF are also disclosed. Thus, the products produced using the molecular modeling approaches that involve the disclosed compositions, such as, CR2, DAF, CD59, CR1, MCP, Crry, IgG1, IgM, IgG3, CVF, CR2-DAF, DAF-CR2, CR2-CD59, CD59-CR2, CR2-CR1, CR1-CR2, CR2-MCP, MCP-CR2, CR2-Crry, Crry-CR2, CR2-IgG1 Fc (human), CR2-IgM Fc, CR2-IgG3 Fc (murine), or CR2-CVF, are also considered herein disclosed.
  • Thus, one way to isolate molecules that bind a molecule of choice is through rational design. This is achieved through structural information and computer modeling. Computer modeling technology allows visualization of the three-dimensional atomic structure of a selected molecule and the rational design of new compounds that will interact with the molecule. The three-dimensional construct typically depends on data from x-ray crystallographic analyses or NMR imaging of the selected molecule. The molecular dynamics require force field data. The computer graphics systems enable prediction of how a new compound will link to the target molecule and allow experimental manipulation of the structures of the compound and target molecule to perfect binding specificity. Prediction of what the molecule-compound interaction will be when small changes are made in one or both requires molecular mechanics software and computationally intensive computers, usually coupled with user-friendly, menu-driven interfaces between the molecular design program and the user.
  • Examples of molecular modeling systems are the CHARMm and QUANTA programs, Polygen Corporation, Waltham, Mass. CHARMm performs the energy minimization and molecular dynamics functions. QUANTA performs the construction, graphic modeling and analysis of molecular structure. QUANTA allows interactive construction, modification, visualization, and analysis of the behavior of molecules with each other.
  • A number of articles review computer modeling of drugs interactive with specific proteins, such as Rotivinen, et al., 1988 Acta Pharmaceutica Fennica 97, 159-166; Ripka, New Scientist 54-57 (Jun. 16, 1988); McKinaly and Rossmann, 1989 Annu. Rev. PharmacaToxiciol. 29, 111-122; Perry and Davies, QSAR: Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships in Drug Design pp. 189-193 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1989); Lewis and Dean, 1989 Proc. R. Soc. Lond. 236, 125-140 and 141-162; and, with respect to a model enzyme for nucleic acid components, Askew, et al., 1989 J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111, 1082-1090. Other computer programs that screen and graphically depict chemicals are available from companies such as BioDesign, Inc., Pasadena, Calif., Allelix, Inc, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, and Hypercube, Inc., Cambridge, Ontario. Although these are primarily designed for application to drugs specific to particular proteins, they can be adapted to design of molecules specifically interacting with specific regions of DNA or RNA, once that region is identified.
  • Although described above with reference to design and generation of compounds which could alter binding, one could also screen libraries of known compounds, including natural products or synthetic chemicals, and biologically active materials, including proteins, for compounds which alter substrate binding or enzymatic activity.
  • 10. Kits
  • Disclosed herein are kits that are drawn to reagents that can be used in practicing the methods disclosed herein. The kits can include any reagent or combination of reagent discussed herein or that would be understood to be required or beneficial in the practice of the disclosed methods. For example, the kits could include primers to perform the amplification reactions discussed in certain embodiments of the methods, as well as the buffers and enzymes required to use the primers as intended. For example, disclosed is a kit for assessing a subject's risk for cancer, asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, reactive arthritis, spndyarthritis, systemic vasculitis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, multiple sclerosis, experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, Sjögren's syndrome, graft versus host disease, inflammatory bowel disease including Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, Ischemia reperfusion injury, myocardial infarction, alzheimer's disease, transplant rejection (allogeneic and xenogeneic), thermal trauma, any immune complex-induced inflammation, glomerulonephritis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, cerebral lupus, Guillain-Barre syndrome, vasculitis, systemic sclerosis, anaphlaxis, catheter reactions, atheroma, infertility, thyroiditis, ARDS, post-bypass syndrome, hemodialysis, juvenile rheumatoid, Behcets syndrome, hemolytic anemia, pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, stroke, atherosclerosis, and scleroderma.
  • 11. Compositions with Similar Funtions
  • It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certain functions, such as modulating complement acitvity or binding CR2, CR3, or C3b. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements for performing the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there are a variety of structures which can perform the same function which are related to the disclosed structures, and that these structures will ultimately achieve the same result, for example stimulation or inhibition complement activity.
  • E. METHODS OF MAKING THE COMPOSITIONS
  • The compositions disclosed herein and the compositions necessary to perform the disclosed methods can be made using any method known to those of skill in the art for that particular reagent or compound unless otherwise specifically noted.
  • Disclosed are methods of making a composition comprising a construct, wherein the construct comprises CR2 and a modulator of complement. Also disclosed are methods of making a composition, wherein the composition is the composition of the invention.
  • 1. Peptide Synthesis
  • One method of producing the disclosed proteins, such as SEQ ID NO: 6, is to link two or more peptides or polypeptides together by protein chemistry techniques. For example, peptides or polypeptides can be chemically synthesized using currently available laboratory equipment using either Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) or Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonoyl) chemistry. (Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif.). One skilled in the art can readily appreciate that a peptide or polypeptide corresponding to the disclosed proteins, for example, can be synthesized by standard chemical reactions. For example, a peptide or polypeptide can be synthesized and not cleaved from its synthesis resin whereas the other fragment of a peptide or protein can be synthesized and subsequently cleaved from the resin, thereby exposing a terminal group which is functionally blocked on the other fragment. By peptide condensation reactions, these two fragments can be covalently joined via a peptide bond at their carboxyl and amino termini, respectively, to form an antibody, or fragment thereof. (Grant G A (1992) Synthetic Peptides: A User Guide. W.H. Freeman and Co., N.Y. (1992); Bodansky M and Trost B., Ed. (1993) Principles of Peptide Synthesis. Springer-Verlag Inc., NY (which is herein incorporated by reference at least for material related to peptide synthesis). Alternatively, the peptide or polypeptide is independently synthesized in vivo as described herein. Once isolated, these independent peptides or polypeptides can be linked to form a peptide or fragment thereof via similar peptide condensation reactions.
  • For example, enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments allow relatively short peptide fragments to be joined to produce larger peptide fragments, polypeptides or whole protein domains (Abrahmsen L et al., Biochemistry, 30:4151 (1991)). Alternatively, native chemical ligation of synthetic peptides can be utilized to synthetically construct large peptides or polypeptides from shorter peptide fragments. This method consists of a two step chemical reaction (Dawson et al. Synthesis of Proteins by Native Chemical Ligation. Science, 266:776-779 (1994)). The first step is the chemoselective reaction of an unprotected synthetic peptide-thioester with another unprotected peptide segment containing an amino-terminal Cys residue to give a thioester-linked intermediate as the initial covalent product. Without a change in the reaction conditions, this intermediate undergoes spontaneous, rapid intramolecular reaction to form a native peptide bond at the ligation site (Baggiolini M et al. (1992) FEBS Lett. 307:97-101; Clark-Lewis I et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:16075 (1994); Clark-Lewis I et al., Biochemistry, 30:3128 (1991); Rajarathnam K et al., Biochemistry 33:6623-30 (1994)).
  • Alternatively, unprotected peptide segments are chemically linked where the bond formed between the peptide segments as a result of the chemical ligation is an unnatural (non-peptide) bond (Schnolzer, M et al. Science, 256:221 (1992)). This technique has been used to synthesize analogs of protein domains as well as large amounts of relatively pure proteins with full biological activity (deLisle Milton R C et al., Techniques in Protein Chemistry IV. Academic Press, New York, pp. 257-267 (1992)).
  • 2. Process for Making the Compositions
  • Disclosed are processes for making the compositions as well as making the intermediates leading to the compositions. For example, disclosed are nucleic acids in SEQ ID NOs: 5. There are a variety of methods that can be used for making these compositions, such as synthetic chemical methods and standard molecular biology methods. It is understood that the methods of making these and the other disclosed compositions are specifically disclosed.
  • Disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid comprising the sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 25 and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleic acid.
  • Also disclosed are nucleic acid molecules produced by the process comprising linking in an operative way a nucleic acid molecule comprising a sequence having 80% identity to a sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 25, and a sequence controlling the expression of the nucleic acid.
  • Disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal with any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein. Disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein, wherein the animal is a mammal. Also disclosed are animals produced by the process of transfecting a cell within the animal any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein, wherein the mammal is mouse, rat, rabbit, cow, sheep, pig, or primate.
  • Also disclose are animals produced by the process of adding to the animal any of the cells disclosed herein.
  • Throughout this application, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains. The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated by reference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon.
  • It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the present invention without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Other embodiments of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the invention being indicated by the following claims.
  • F. EXAMPLES
  • The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the Dr. Tomlinson regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in ° C. or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
  • 1. Example 1 Complement Receptor 2 (CR2)-Mediated Targeting of Complement Inhibitors to Sites of Complement Activation a) Methods (1) Cell Lines and DNA
  • All DNA manipulations were carried out in the mammalian expression vector PBM, derived from p118-mIgG1 (30) by deletion of mouse IgG1, Fc coding region. Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells were used for protein expression and were maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) (GIBCO Invitrogen Corp, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% FCS. Stably transfected CHO cell clones were cultivated in the presence of G418, and for recombinant protein expression cells were cultured in suspension in CHO-S-SFM II without FCS (GIBCO). U937 cells were cultured in RPMI (GIBCO), 10% FCS.
  • (2) Antibodies, Reagents and Serum
  • Rabbit antiserum to CHO cell membrane, purified human DAF and CD59 was prepared by standard techniques (31). Mouse anti-DAF mAb 1H4 (32), rat anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1 (33) and mouse anti human CR2 mAb 171 (binds to SCR 1-2) (34) are described. Anti-sheep erythrocyte IgM was from Research Diagnostic Inc. (Flanders, N.J.). All secondary antibodies were purchased from Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.). Purified recombinant sCD59 was a gift from Dr. B. P. Morgan (University of Wales, Cardiff, UK). C6-depleted human serum was purchased from Quidel (San Diego, Calif.) and normal human serum (NHS) was obtained from the blood of healthy volunteers in the laboratory.
  • (3) Construction of Expression Plasmids and Protein Expression
  • The recombinant fusion proteins and soluble complement inhibitors prepared are depicted in FIG. 1. cDNA constructs were prepared by joining the CR2 sequence encoding the 4 N-terminal SCR units (residues 1-250 of mature protein, Swissprot accession no. P20023) to sequences encoding extracellular regions of DAF or CD59. The complement inhibitor sequences used encoded residues 1-249 of mature DAF protein sequence (Swissprot accession no. P08174) and residues 1-77 of mature CD59 protein sequence (Swissprot accession no. P13987). To join CR2 to complement inhibitor sequences, linking sequences encoding SS(GGGGS)3 and (GGGS)2 were used for fusion proteins containing CR2 at the C-terminus and N-terminus, respectively. Gene constructs were prepared by standard PCR methodology (35). All cloning steps were performed in the PBM vector that was also used for protein expression (30). For expression, plasmids were transfected into CHO cells using lipofectamine according to manufacturer's instructions (GIBCO). Stably transfected clones were selected by limiting dilution as described (30) and protein expression of clones quantitated by ELISA.
  • (4) ELISA and Protein Assays
  • Detection of recombinant proteins and determination of relative protein concentration in culture supernatants was achieved using a standard ELISA technique (31). Depending on which type of recombinant protein was being assayed, the capture antibody was either anti-DAF mAb 1H4 or anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1. Primary detection antibodies were either anti-DAF or anti-CD59 rabbit polyclonal antibody. In some ELISAs, anti-CR2 mAb A-3 was also used as primary detection antibody, and although less sensitive, similar data was obtained. The protein concentration of recombinant proteins was determined either by UV absorbance or by using a BCA protein assay kit (Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford Ill.).
  • (5) Protein Purification
  • Recombinant proteins were purified from culture supernatant by affinity chromatography. Affinity columns were prepared by coupling either anti-DAF 1H4 mAb or anti-CD59 YTH53.1 mAb to HiTrap NHS-activated affinity columns (Pharmacia Biotech, New Jersey, USA) as described by the manufacturer. Culture supernatants containing recombinant proteins were adjusted to pH 8.0 and applied to affinity columns at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min. The column was washed with 6 to 8 column volumes of PBS, and recombinant proteins eluted with 2 to 3 column volumes of 0.1 M glycine, pH 2.4. The fractions containing fusion protein were collected into tubes containing 1 M Tris buffer, pH 8.0 and dialyzed against PBS.
  • (6) SDS-Page and Western Blotting
  • Purified recombinant proteins were separated in SDS-PAGE 10% acrylamide gels (Bio-Rad Life Science, Hercules, Calif.) under nonreducing conditions. Gels were stained with Coomassie blue. For Western blotting, standard procedures were followed (31). Briefly, separated proteins were transferred to a polyvinylidene fluoride membrane, and the transferred proteins detected by means of either anti-DAF mAb 1H4 or anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1. Membranes were developed with ECL detection kit (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, N.J.). CR2-CD59 was also analyzed by SDS-PAGE following glycanase treatment. CR2-CD59 (2 mg) was heated at 95° C. for 3 min in 15 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.5) containing 0.1% SDS, 10 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and 5 mM EDTA. After cooling, CR2-CD59 was incubated with 3 U of Flavobacterium meningosepticum N-glycanase (EC 3.5.1.52, Sigma) for 20 h at 37 oC in the presence of 1% Nonidet P40 and 0.3 mM PMSF.
  • (7) Flow Cytometry
  • Binding of recombinant fusion proteins to C3-opsonized cells was determined by flow cytometry. CHO cells were incubated in 10% anti-CHO antiserum (30 min/4° C.), washed and incubated in 10% C6-depleted NHS (45 min/37° C.). The C3 opsonized cells were then washed and incubated with 1 μM recombinant protein (60 min/4° C.). After washing, cells were incubated with 10 μg/ml of either anti-DAF mAb 1H4 or anti-CD59 mAb YTH53.1 as appropriate (30 min/4° C.), followed by FITC-conjugated secondary antibody (1:100, 30 min/4° C.). Cells were then washed, fixed with 2% paraformaldehyde in PBS, and analyzed using a FACScan flow cytometer (Becton Dickinson Immunocytometry Systems, San Jose, Calif.). All incubations and washes were performed in DMEM.
  • (8) Analysis of CR2 Fusion Protein Binding to C3 Ligand
  • Kinetic analysis of the interaction of the CR2 fusion proteins with C3dg-biotin was performed using surface plasmon resonance (SPR) measurements made on a BIAcore 3000 instrument. Human C3dg-biotin, prepared as described (36), was bound to the surface of BIAcore streptavidin (SA) sensor chips by injecting C3dg-biotin at 50 μg/ml over the surface of one flow cell of the chip at 2 μl/minute for 20 minutes. The flow buffer was 0.5×PBS+0.05% Tween 20. The SPR signal from captured C3dg generated BIAcore response units ranging from 250-500. Control streptavidin-coated 1.5 flow cells were run in the absence of protein. Binding was evaluated over a range of CR2 fusion protein concentrations (15.6-500 nM) in 0.5×PBS, 0.05% Tween 20 at 25° C. at a flow rate of 25 μl/minute. CR2 fusion protein samples were injected in 50 μl aliquots using the kinject command. Association of the fusion proteins with the ligand was monitored for 120 seconds, after which the complex was allowed to dissociate in the presence of buffer only for an additional 120 seconds. The binding surface was regenerated between analyses of different fusion protein concentrations by a 10 second pulse of 200 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.5) at 50 μl/min. Binding of CR2 fusion protein fragments to C3d-immobilized flow cells was corrected for binding to control flow cells. Binding data were fitted to a 1:1 Langmuir binding model using BIAevaluation Version 3.1 software (BIAcore) and evaluated for best fit by low residual and χ2 values. The kinetic dissociation profiles obtained were used to calculate on and off-rates (ka and kd) and affinity constants (KD) using the BIAevaluation Version 3.1 program. Between experiments, the streptavidin surface was regenerated with a 60-s pulse of 50 mM sodium hydroxide (pH 9.5) at 50 μl/minute, and C3dg-biotin was reapplied as described above.
  • (9) Complement Lysis Assays
  • CHO cells at 60%-80% confluence were detached with versene (GIBCO), washed twice, and resuspended to 106/ml in DMEM. Cells were sensitized to complement by adding 10% rabbit anti-CHO cell membrane antiserum to cells (30 min/4° C.). Antiserum was then removed and cells resuspended in NHS diluted in DMEM. Final assay volumes were either 50 or 100 After 45 min at 37° C., cell viability was determined either by trypan blue exclusion (both live and dead cells counted) or 51Cr release (37). Both assays gave similar results. To assay complement inhibitory activity of recombinant proteins, the proteins were diluted in DMEM and added to NHS before addition to CHO cells. A final concentration of 10% NHS was used which resulted in approximately 90% lysis of unprotected antibody sensitized CHO cells. Inhibition of complement-mediated hemolysis was determined using antibody-sensitized sheep erythrocytes (EA) (Advanced Research Technologies, San Diego, Calif.). Hemolytic assays were carried out in gelatin veronal buffer (GVB) (Advanced Research Technologies) in a final volume of 300 μl containing 2.5×107 EA, NHS at a final dilution of 1/300 and incremental concentrations of fusion protein. Reaction mixtures were incubated at 37° C. for 60 min and reactions were stopped by addition of 300 μl PBS containing 10 mM EDTA. Cells were removed by centrifugation and cell lysis assayed by spectrophotometric quantitation of hemoglobin in the supernatant at 413 nm.
  • (10) Adhesion of U937 Cells to Erythrocytes
  • Assays of CR3-dependent adhesion to C3-opsonized erythrocytes were performed essentially as described (38). Briefly, fresh sheep erythrocytes (SRBC) were sensitized with a pre-determined sub-agglutinating amount of rabbit anti-SRBC IgM for 30 min at 37° C. in GVB (Advanced Research Technologies). After washing twice, C3b-opsonized SRBC were prepared by incubating IgM-sensitized SRBC with an equal volume of a 1:2 dilution of C6-deficient human serum in GVB (120 min/37° C.). Cells were washed twice and pellets resuspended in GVB. The majority of C3 bound to erythrocytes following this treatment is in the form of iC3b or C3d degredation products (CR2 ligands) due to the short half life of C3b in serum. U937 cells (4×105 cells in 200 μl) were added to 50 μl of C3 opsonized SRBC (2×106 cells) and the mixture centrifuged (4 min/40×g) and left at room temperature for 90 min. Cells were then examined by phase contrast microscopy and number of U937 cells adherent to erythrocytes determined. At least 100 erythrocytes were scored per sample, and average number of U937 cells bound per erythrocyte calculated. Triplicate determinations were made for each experiment performed. In some experiments, U937 cells were cultured for 3 days in the presence of 50 ng/ml phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) before harvest, a treatment that results in upregulation of CR3 (39, 40). Cells incubated with IgM-coated SRBC alone, or SRBC incubated directly with C6-deficient human serum were used as controls.
  • (11) Bio Distribution Studies
  • Standard procedures for determining tissue distribution of injected radiolabeled proteins were followed (41, 42). Briefly, 1.7 μg of 125I-labeled CR2-DAF (4.20×106 cpm/mg) or sDAF (4.84×106 cpm/mg) were injected into the tail vein of 34 week old female NZB/NZW F1 mice (Jackson Labs, Bar Harbor, Me.). After 24 h, a blood sample was taken and major organs were removed, shredded and washed in PBS containing 10 mM EDTA, weighed and counted. Targeting specificity was evaluated as percent injected dose per gram tissue. Proteins were iodinated using iodogen method according to manufacturers instructions (Pierce Chemical Co.).
  • (12) Immunofluorescence Microscopy
  • CR2-DAF or sDAF (270 μg) was injected into the tail vein of 24-week-old MRL/lpr mice. Twenty-four hours later, kidneys were removed and snap frozen. Cryostat sections (5 μm) prepared from frozen kidneys were fixed in acetone and processed for indirect immunofluorescence microscopy. An equimolar mixture of mouse antihuman DAF 1A10 and 1H6 mAbs were used as primary detection antibodies (final concentration, 10 μg/ml) with an anti-mouse IgG Fc-specific FITC-conjugated secondary antibody (F4143, Sigma-Aldrich). Standard procedures were followed (49, incorporated herein by reference for its teaching of antibody staining techniques), except that to reduce background staining, most likely caused by deposited immune complexes in the mouse kidney, the secondary FITC-labeled antibody was diluted 1:800 (10 times the recommended dilution). Digital images were acquired and optimized with Adobe Photoshop using identical settings.
  • b) Results (1) Construct Design, Expression and Purification
  • Recombinant fusion proteins contained the four N-terminal SCR units of human CR2 linked to either the N or C terminus of soluble forms of human CD59 or DAF (constructs depicted in FIG. 1). Recombinant proteins were purified from the culture supernatant of stably transfected CHO cell clones with yields of between 100-200 μg/l. Analysis of purified recombinant proteins by SDS-PAGE and Western blot revealed proteins within expected molecular weight range (FIG. 2), and except for CR2-CD59, all proteins migrated as a single band. The two bands seen for CR2-CD59 were due to differences in glycosylation, since CR2-CD59 migrated as a single band following glycanase treatment.
  • (2) Targeting of Fusion Proteins to Complement Opsonized Cells
  • C3 ligand for CR2 was deposited on CHO cells by incubation of CHO cells with complement activating antibody and C6-depleted serum (to prevent MAC formation and cell lysis). All CR2-containing fusion proteins, but not sCD59 or sDAF, bound to C3-coated CHO cells (FIG. 3).
  • (3) Kinetic Analysis of Interaction Between Fusion Proteins and C3Dg Ligand
  • A comparison of the affinity of the different recombinant fusion proteins for the CR2 ligand C3dg was determined by surface plasmon resonance measurements. The experiments were performed by passing varying concentrations of the fusion proteins over Biacore streptavidin chips containing captured C3dg-biotin (approximately 2000 response units). Kinetic analysis of the data showed the best fit to a 1:1 (Langmuir) binding interaction model using global fitting parameters (FIG. 4). Both of the fusion proteins with CR2 at the N-terminus (CR2-DAF and CR2-CD59) showed similar binding profiles, with a fast association and a fast dissociation rate. In contrast, binding of fusion proteins with CR2 at the C-terminus (DAF-CR2 and CD59-CR2) showed slow association and dissociation rates (FIG. 4, Table 1). The N-terminus CR2 fusion proteins, however, bound with the highest affinity (Table 1). CD59 fusion proteins bound with a higher affinity than DAF fusion proteins. Soluble DAF and sCD59 did not bind to immobilized C3dg.
  • (4) Complement Inhibitory Activity of Fusion Proteins
  • Complement inhibitory activity of the targeted and untargeted complement inhibitors was analyzed by measuring their effect on complement-mediated lysis of both CHO cells and erythrocytes. In these experiments, antibody sensitized cells and recombinant proteins were incubated in human serum at a concentration that resulted in 90-100% lysis of unprotected cells. For both cell types, the targeted complement inhibitors were significantly more effective than their respective untargeted proteins at inhibiting complement-mediated lysis. Targeted DAF proteins were more effective inhibitors than targeted CD59 (FIGS. 5 and 6). Fusion proteins containing CR2 linked to the N-terminus of either DAF and CD59 were more effective inhibitors than C-terminal CR2 fusion proteins. The most potent inhibitor of complement lysis was CR2-DAF, requiring a concentration of 18 nM for 50% inhibition of CHO cell lysis. In contrast, untargeted sDAF required a concentration of 375 nM for 50% inhibition of CHO cell lysis, a 20-fold difference (FIG. 5 a). sCD59 was a particularly poor inhibitor of complement and provided only 25% protection from CHO cell lysis at 500 nM, the highest concentration tested. CR2-CD59, however, provided 50% inhibition of CHO cell lysis at 102 nM and was more effective than untargeted sDAF (FIG. 6 a). Table 4 compares the inhibitory activities of the different recombinant complement inhibitors. The higher complement inhibitory activity of the N-terminus CR2 fusion proteins correlated with the higher affinity these proteins exhibited for C3dg ligand (Table 3).
  • There were some differences between the relative effectiveness of the complement inhibitors at protecting CHO cells and erythrocytes form complement-mediated lysis. This was particularly true for the DAF inhibitors; sDAF was significantly more effective at protecting erythrocytes than CHO cells from complement, although targeted DAF was still more effective. There was also little difference in the inhibitory activity of CR2-DAF and DAF-CR2 when erythrocytes were the target cells for complement lysis.
  • (5) Effect of CR2-Fusion Proteins on Cell Adhesion
  • Complement receptor 3 is a leukocyte receptor involved in endothelial adhesion and diapedesis and the activation of cell cytolytic mechanisms (phagocytosis and degranulation). Since CR2 and CR3 share the same iC3b complement ligand, it was determined whether CR2 fusion proteins interfered with CR3-mediated cell binding. For these experiments U937, a well characterized promonocytic cell line (CRT, CR3) that binds to iC3b coated erythrocytes in a CR3-dependent mechanism, was used (40). All of the CR2 fusion proteins, but not sDAF or sCD59, significantly inhibited the binding of U937 cells to C3 opsonized sheep erythrocytes (P<0.01). Each CR2 fusion protein inhibited U937 binding to a similar extent at a concentration of 500 nM (FIG. 7). Similar data was obtained in an experiment using U937 cells that were stimulated with PMA, a treatment that results in upregulation of CR3 (39, 40). For complement opsonization of erythrocytes, IgM was used to activate complement since IgG deposited on the erythrocytes would engage Fey receptors expressed on U937 cells. U937 cells also express CR4 (p150,95, CD11c/CD18), a third receptor sharing the iC3b ligand. However, binding of U937 cells to C3-opsonized erythrocytes is CR4-independent, probably due to the association of CR4 with the cytoskeleton and its immobility in the membrane (40).
  • (6) Targeting of CR2-DAF to the Kidneys of Nephritic Mice
  • To determine whether a CR2 fusion protein will target a site of complement activation and disease in vivo, a biodistribution study of CR2-DAF and sDAF in female NZB/W F1 mice was performed. NZB/W F1 mice develop a spontaneous autoimmune disease that is very similar to human systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), with the production of autoantibodies and the development of severe immune complex-mediated glomerulonephritis that is associated with complement deposition from 26 to 28 weeks of age (4, 52). Biodistribution of [125I]CR2-DAF and [125I]sDAF in 34-week-old NZB/W F1 mice was determined at 24 hours and 48 hours after injection. Twenty-four hours after tail-vein injection of [125I]CR2-DAF, a significantly higher proportion of radioactivity was localized to the kidney than to the other organs that were examined (FIG. 25 a). At 48 hours after injection of [125I]CR2-DAF, there was a similar level of radioactivity in the kidney as at 24 hours, but radioactivity in the liver and spleen was increased and blood radioactivity decreased (FIG. 25 b). The liver and spleen are sites of immune complex clearance and likely account for increased targeting of [125I]CR2-DAF to these organs at the later time point. [125I]sDAF showed no preferential binding in the kidney or any other organ (FIGS. 25, a and b). In 8-weekold prenephritic NZB/W F1 mice, there was no evidence of [125I]CR2-DAF targeting to the kidney (FIG. 25 c). Of further interest, [125I]sDAF was cleared much more rapidly from the circulation than [125I]CR2-DAF, suggesting that the CR2 moiety is functioning to prolong the circulatory half-life of the fusion protein. However, the level of [125I]CR2-DAF in the blood of younger mice at 24 hours was about half that recorded in the older mice, and the long circulatory half-life of [125I]CR2-DAF may be a consequence, at least in part, of it binding to circulating immune complexes.
  • Targeting of CR2-DAF to complement deposited in the kidney was also examined in another murine model of SLE by direct examination of kidney sections. Similar to female NZB/W F1 mice, MRL/lpr mice develop severe proliferative glomerulonephritis with the deposition of complement in association with glomerular immune deposits by 24 weeks of age (53, incorporated herein for its teaching of this mouse model). CR2-DAF and sDAF were injected into the tail vein of 24-week-old MRL/lpr mice, and kidney sections were analyzed 24 hours later for human DAF immunoreactivity by fluorescence microscopy. Kidney sections from a mouse injected with CR2-DAF displayed a high level of DAF staining, with preferential localization in glomeruli in a pattern identical to that seen for immune complexes. No DAF staining was evident in glomeruli from a mouse injected with sDAF (FIG. 26).
  • c) Conclusions
  • This study describes the generation and characterization of soluble human DAF and CD59 containing proteins that are targeted to a site of complement activation. The targeted proteins were significantly more potent at inhibiting complement than their untargeted counterparts. Targeting of CD59 and DAF was achieved by linking the inhibitors to a fragment of human CR2 that binds complement C3 activation products. The C3 ligands for CR2 are relatively long lived and are covalently bound, often in large quantities, at sites of complement activation. Thus, CR2-mediated targeting of complement inhibition isof therapeutic benefit for numerous complement-associated diseases or disease states. Consistent with this hypothesis, CR2-DAF was shown to target to the kidneys of nephritic NZB/W F1 mice. These mice produce autoantibodies with consequent formation and deposition of immune complexes in the kidney resulting in complement activation and deposition (2, 43). Human CR2 binds human and mouse C3 ligands with similar affinities (44), and the biodistribution studies establish that a CR2-fusion protein retains targeting function in vivo. This study establishes the feasibility of this approach for human complement inhibition. The targeting approach can also be effective for other inhibitors of complement activation such as soluble CR1, which is in clinical trials and is a more potent inhibitor of complement than DAF in vitro (9).
  • The relative affinities for C3dg of the different CR2 fusion proteins is reminiscent of the affinities of SCR 1-2 of CR2 and SCR 1-15 of CR2 for C3dg. The KD values for CR2SCR1-2 and CR2SCR 1-15 interactions with C3dg were similar, but CR2SCR 1-2 associated and dissociated much faster, indicating a contribution of the additional SCR domains to overall affinity (36). Analysis of the solution structure of another SCR containing protein, factor H, indicated that SCR domains are folded back on themselves and interactions between SCR domains can modulate C3 ligand binding characteristics (45). Conformational variability between SCR domains is predicted to result from different (native) linker lengths, with longer linkers providing greater conformational flexibility. In this context, the CR2 and DAF SCR domains are linked with a relatively long ser-gly linker, and this can permit the fusion partners to fold back on one another resulting in SCR-SCR interactions that can modulate CR2 binding affinity.
  • Complement-mediated lysis assays were performed using antibody sensitized CHO cells or sheep erythrocytes as targets. There were marked differences in the relative activities of some of the complement inhibitors at protecting the different cells from complement-mediated lysis. sDAF, DAF-CR2, and CD59-CR2 were significantly more effective at protecting sheep erythrocytes than CHO cells from complement-mediated lysis. Unlike rythrocytes, complement-mediated lysis of nucleated cells is not due entirely to colloid osmotic deregulation, and the deposition of multiple MACs in the plasma membrane is required (46-48). The majority of previous studies investigating the inhibitory activity of soluble (untargeted) complement inhibitors have been performed using erythrocytes as target cells for complement mediated lysis. However, CHO cells likely represent a more physiologically relevant target for in vitro experiments.
  • Different mechanisms of complement-mediated damage are implicated in different disease conditions and different diseases can benefit from inhibition strategies acting at different points in the pathway. For example, if applicable for the disease, a particular benefit of blocking complement at a late step in the pathway would be that host defense functions and immune homeostasis mechanisms of complement would remain intact. Thus, a CD59-based inhibitor would provide advantages over inhibitors of complement activation in diseases in which the terminal cytolytic pathway is primarily implicated in pathogenesis. Soluble CD59 is unlikely to have therapeutic benefit due to its very poor activity in vitro, but it was shown herein that CR2-mediated targeting of CD59 significantly increased its complement inhibitory activity. In fact, CR2-CD59 was more effective at inhibiting complement-mediated lysis than sDAF, and sDAF has shown therapeutic efficacy in vivo (8). Rodent analogues of CR2-CD59 can also be a useful tools for dissecting the relative roles of early complement activation products vs. MAC formation in disease pathogenesis. The relative contributions of the different complement activation products to tissue injury in many disease states is poorly understood and controversial.
  • The CR2 fusion proteins inhibited the binding of U937 cells to C3-opsonized erythrocytes. CR2 and CR3 both bind iC3b, and this data indicates that CR2 fusion proteins act as CR3 antagonists since U937 binding to C3-opsonized erythrocytes is CR3-dependent (40). As an adhesion molecule, CR3 mediates endothelial adhesion and diapedesis at sites of inflammation via its high affinity interaction with intercellular adhesion molecule-1 (ICAM-1). As a complement receptor, CR3 promotes and enhances phagocytosis and degranulation via its interaction with iC3b. Both ICAM-1 and iC3b bind to overlapping epitopes on CR3 (see Ross review). CR3 can thus be an important determinant in promoting cell-mediated tissue damage at sites of inflammation, and antibodies that block CR3 have shown effectiveness in several inflammatory conditions (see Ross review). The antagonistic effect of CR2 on CR3 binding therefore indicates a second anti-inflammatory mechanism of action of the CR2-complement inhibitor fusion proteins that act synergistically with complement inhibition.
  • Targeting complement inhibitors to sites of complement activation and disease can considerably enhance their efficacy. Indeed, for disease states that would benefit from CD59-based therapy, the targeting of CD59 to the site of complement activation will be a requirement. An advantage of CR2-mediated targeting over other targeting approaches, such as antibody-mediated targeting, is that the CR2 moiety targets any accessible site of complement activation and has broad therapeuticapplication. CR2 fusion proteins can also act as CR3 antagonists, and this can represent a second important therapeutic benefit. Human CR2-complement inhibitor fusion proteins are also much less likely to be immunogenic than recombinant inhibitors containing antibody variable regions. The predicted ability of targeted inhibitors of complement activation to provide an effective local concentration with low levels of systemic inhibition also diminishes the possibility of compromising host defense mechanisms, particularly with long term systemic complement inhibition (this is a less important consideration for CD59-based inhibitors). CR2-tageted inhibitors can also target infectious agents that activate complement.
  • Example 2 Targeted Complement Inhibition and Activation a) Complement Inhibitors (Inflammation/Bioincompatibility)
  • Complement inhibitors hold considerable promise for the therapy of many autoimmune and inflammatory diseases, and disease states associated with bioincompatibility. A safe and effective pharmaceutical inhibitor of complement is not currently available. Research has largely focused on developing soluble inhibitors based on host membrane-bound complement-regulatory proteins. Recombinant forms of soluble CR1, MCP, DAF and Crry have been produced by removal of membrane-linking regions, and all proteins have been shown to be effective at reducing inflammation and complement-mediated tissue damage in various models of disease. Soluble CR1 and an antibody that blocks the function of complement protein C5 are in clinical trials. There are, however, serious questions concerning the clinical use of systemically administered soluble complement inhibitors. Complement plays a crucial role in both innate and adaptive immunity, and the generation of C3b is critical for the opsonization and leukocyte-mediated clearance of many pathogenic microorganisms. In addition, the fluid phase complement activation product C5 a has been shown to be important in controlling infection and can be important in the clearance of pathogenic substances from the circulation. Systemic inhibition of complement is therefore likely to have serious consequences for the host regarding its ability to control infection. Complement is also crucial for the effective catabolism of immune complexes, and this is a particularly important consideration in the use of complement inhibitors for the treatment of autoimmune and immune complex diseases.
  • The targeting of complement inhibitors to sites of complement activation and disease can allow a much lower effective serum concentration and significantly reduce the level of systemic complement inhibition. Increased efficacy is an important benefit of targeted complement inhibitors, and targeting can also address the problem of a short half life of soluble recombinant complement inhibitors in the circulation.
  • In addition to the above considerations with regard to the targeting of complement inhibitors, selectively blocking different parts of the complement pathway can allow the generation of beneficial complement activation products, but inhibit the generation of complement activation products involved in disease pathogenesis. For example, inhibitors of complement activation (such as CR1, DAF, Crry) inhibit C3b, C5a and C5b-9 generation. Antibodies to C5 inhibit C5a and C5b-9 generation. On the other hand, CD59-based inhibitors do not effect C3b and C5a generation, but block only C5b-9 formation (see FIG. 8). The terminal complement pathway and C5b-9 generation has been shown to be important in promoting inflammation and is in particular implicated in the progression of some diseases of the kidney (such as immune complex glomerulonephritis). Thus, for certain diseases, a CD59-based inhibitor can inhibit disease pathogenesis without interfering with the generation of early complement activation products that are important for host defense and immune complex clearance. However, soluble CD59 is not an effective inhibitor of complement (unlike inhibitors of activation DAF, CR1, MCP or Crry), and is unlikely to have any clinical application. Cell targeted CD59, however, can represent a viable therapeutic. Data using antibody-mediated targeting of CD59 [Zhang et al., 1999, J. Clin.Invest., 103, 55-61], and the data presented herein with CR2-mediated targeting of CD59 show that CD59 targeted to a cell membrane is significantly more effective than soluble untargeted CD59.
  • b) Complement Activators (Cancer)
  • The initial promise of anti-tumor complement activating monoclonal antibodies as cancer immunotherapeutic agents has not been realized. One reason for this is the expression of complement inhibitory proteins on tumor cells (complement inhibitors are often upregulated on tumor cells). Thus, although certain antibodies have been shown to target tumors in humans and to activate complement on the tumor cell surface, the tumor cells resist complement-mediated destruction. There is a large body of evidence from in vitro studies indicating an important role for complement inhibitors in tumor resistance to antibody therapy. In addition, reports [Caragine, et al., 2002, Cancer Res, 62, 1110-15; Chenet al., 2000, Cancer Res., 60 3013-18; Baranyi et al., 1994, Immunology, 82, 522-8] have established that complement inhibitors expressed on the surface of tumor cells in vivo have functional consequences with regard to complement deposition and tumorigenesis. Enhancing complement deposition on tumor cells allows more effective immune-mediated clearance of tumor cells and improve prospects for successful immunotherapy using complement-activating anti-tumor antibodies. Enhanced complement activation overwhelms tumor cell expressed complement inhibitory proteins.
  • c) Results-1 (1) Targeted Complement Inhibitor Fusion Protein
  • Examples of human fusion proteins that have been expressed, purified and characterized for targeting and assessed for complement inhibitory function in vitro as previously described include the following: CR2-DAF, CR2-CD59, DAF-CR2, and CD59-CR2. The nucleotide sequences and predicted amino acid sequences of mature human fusion proteins are shown in FIGS. 8-11.
  • (2) Expression and Purification
  • cDNA plasmid constructs encoding the fusion proteins were transfected into CHO cells and stably expressing clones isolated. Clones expressing highest levels of fusion protein were selected. The selected clones were grown in bioreactors and fusion proteins isolated from culture supernatant by affinity chromatography. Affinity columns were prepared using anti-DAF and anti-CD59 antibodies conjugated to sepharose. Recombinant proteins were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and Western blot (FIG. 2).
  • (3) Binding of Fusion Proteins to C3 Ligands (a) Flow Cytometry
  • Flow cytometry experiments were conducted as previously described. All of the CR2 containing fusion proteins bound to C3-coated CHO cells, as analyzed by flow cytometry (FIG. 12). sDAF and sCD59 did not bind to C3-coated CHO cells.
  • (b) ELISA
  • ELISA experiments were conducted as previously described. In ELISA experiments, CR2-containing constructs were added to wells coated with purified C3dg. Binding was detected by means of anti-complement inhibitor antibodies and enzyme-congugated secondary antibodies. All CR2 containing constructs, but not sCD59 and sDAF bound to C3d.
  • (c) Surface Plasmon Resonance
  • Biotinylated C3dg (CR2 ligand) was bound to streptavidin coated BIAcore chips and binding kinetics of CR2 containing fusion proteins measured (FIGS. 13-16). sDAF and sCD59 did not bind to captured C3dg. Fusion proteins with CR2 at N-terminus bound with highest affinity. CD59 containing fusion proteins bound with higher affinity than corresponding DAF containing fusion proteins.
  • (4) Complement Inhibitory Function of Fusion Proteins
  • The functional activity of the fusion proteins and soluble untargeted complement inhibitors was analyzed by measuring the effect of the proteins on complement-mediated cell lysis. Assays using Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (FIGS. 17 and 18)and sheep erythrocytes (E) (FIGS. 19 and 20) were used.
  • The targeted complement inhibitors provided significantly more protection from complement-mediated than soluble untargeted complement inhibitors. Fusion proteins containing CR2 at the N-terminus were the most effective for both DAF and CD59 containing fusion proteins. N-terminal CR2 fusion proteins also bound C3d with a higher affinity than C-terminal CR2 fusion proteins in BIAcore experiments (see above). CR2-DAF was significantly more effective than CR2-CD59 at providing protection from complement-mediated lysis in these assays. Of note, however, untargeted sCD59 possesses very weak complement inhibitory activity even at high concentration (unlike sDAF), and the targeting of CD59 to the cell surface is a requirement for CD59 function.
  • The relative effectiveness of targeted vs. untargeted complement inhibitors for CHO cells and E is different. However, erythrocytes are lysed by “one hit” (ie. formation of a single MAC causes E lysis), whereas nucleated cells (such as CHO) posses addition resistance mechanisms (such as capping and shedding of MACs) and require deposition of multiple MACs for lysis. These differences likely account for differences in lysis inhibition data, and CHO cells likely represent the more physiologically relevant target for these in vitro experiments.
  • D) Results-2 (1) Targeted Complement Activating Fusion/Conjugated Proteins
  • Human CR2-IgG1 Fc has been expressed and purified and shown to appropriately target C3 opsonized cells in vitro. Expression plasmids containing encoding sequences for human and mouse sCR2 (for conjugation with CVF) and mouse fusion proteins have been prepared. Nucleotide sequence and predicted amino acid sequences of mature human fusion proteins are shown in FIG. 21
  • (2) Expression and Purification
  • cDNA encoding the first 4 SCRs of CR2 was linked to genomic sequence encoding human IgG1 Fc region. Plasmid encoding the fusion protein was transfected into CHO cells and stably expressing clones isolated. Clones expressing highest levels of fusion protein were selected. The selected clone was grown in a bioreactor and fusion proteins isolated from culture supernatant by protein A affinity chromatography. Recombinant protein was analyzed by SDS-PAGE (FIG. 22) and Western blot. Protein migrated at expected molecular weight under reducing and nonreducing conditions (CR2-Fc is disulfide linked dimer). A murine plasmid construct encoding CR2-mouse IgG3 has been constructed.
  • (3) Binding of Fusion Proteins to C3 Ligands (a) Flow Cytometry
  • CR2-Fc bound to C3-coated CHO cells, as analyzed by, flow cytometry (FIG. 23).
  • (b) ELISA
  • In ELISA experiments, CR2-Fc was added to wells coated with purified C3dg. Binding was detected by means of anti-human Fe antibodies and enzyme-congugated secondary antibodies. CR2-Fc bound to C3d.
  • (c) Surface Plasmon Resonance
  • Biotinylated C3dg (CR2 ligand) was bound to streptavidin coated BIAcore chips and binding of CR2-Fc demonstrated (FIG. 24).
  • Example 3 a) Antibody Targeted Complement Inhibitors in a Rat Model of Acute Tubulointerstitial Injury
  • A panel of well characterized mouse anti-rat kidney monoclonal antibodies was used (49, 50, incorporated herein by reference for their teaching regarding these antibodies and their sequences). The variable region DNA from a total of 5 antibodies was isolated by standard PCR techniques (35, incorporated herein by reference for its teachings regarding PCR). All were successfully cloned and some were expressed as single chain antibodies. All single chain antibodies recognized either a rat kidney epithelial or endothelial cell line in vitro. One of the mAbs, K9/9, binds to a glycoprotein identified on the epithelial cell surface, and has specificity for the glomerular capillary wall and proximal tubules in vivo (49). This antibody was chosen as a targeting vehicle for investigation of targeted Crry- and CD59-mediated complement inhibition in a rat model of acute tubulointerstitial injury. Although the K9/9 mAb was shown to induce glomerular damage in a previous study (49), the antibody was only pathogenic when administered together with Freunds adjuvant. In fact the pathogenic nature of K9/9 mAb (with adjuvant) was not reproduced.
  • There is a link between proteinuria and progressive renal damage and there is data to support the hypothesis that proteinuria itself results in interstitial fibrosis and inflammation. The mechanism by which proteinuria leads to nephrotoxic injury is not known, but there is evidence that complement plays a key role and that the MAC is the principal mediator of tubulointerstitial injury due to proteinuria. (The role of complement and proteinuria in tubulointerstitial injury has been recently reviewed (51, 52)). Previous characterization of K9/9 mAb (see above (49)) suggested that the mAb targets appropriately for an investigation into the therapeutic use of targeted complement inhibitors in a rat model tubulointerstitial injury induced by proteinuria. The availability of an inhibitor that can specifically block MAC formation would allows an assessment of the role of MAC in tubulointerstitial injury under clinically relevant conditions.
  • Plasmid constructs encoding single chain K9/9 antibody linked to rat Crry or rat CD59 were prepared (depicted in FIG. 27). Constructs expressing soluble rat Crry (sCrry) and single chain K9/9 (targeting vehicle only) were also prepared. All recombinant proteins were expressed into the culture medium at over 15 mg/liter by Pichia fermentation in a 15 liter New Brunswick fermentor.
  • Recombinant proteins were characterized for targeting and complement inhibitory activity in vitro as described above using a rat epithelial cell line as target cells. Single chain K9/9, K9/9-Crry and K9/9-CD59 specifically bound to rat epithelia cells in vitro. sCrry and K9/9-Crry inhibited complement deposition and lysis, and K9/9-CD59 inhibited complement-mediated lysis. Both targeted complement inhibitors, sCrry and K9/9 single chain Ab were characterized in the rat puromycin aminonucleoside (PAN) nephrosis model (53, incorporated herein by reference for its teaching of sCrry and K9/9) (sCD59 was not evaluated since untargeted CD59 has only very poor complement inhibitory activity (54)). First, to confirm kidney targeting of K9/9 fusion proteins, in vivo binding specificity was determined by biodistribution of iodinated proteins as described above (54, 41). Single chain K9/9 and K9/9 fusion proteins, but not sCrry, specifically targeted to rat kidneys and was detectable at 48 hr after administration (FIG. 28). Biodistribution at 24 hr after administration was similar, and there was no radiolabel remaining in the blood at 24 hr.
  • In therapeutic studies, groups of 4 rats received PAN (150 mg/kg) at day 0 and either PBS or complement inhibitor (40 mg/kg) on days 4,7 and 10. Urine (metabolic cages) and blood was collected and animals sacrificed on day 11. PAN treatment significantly impaired renal function as measured by creatinine clearance (FIG. 29, second bar from left). There was a slight, but not significant improvement in renal function in rats receiving sCrry therapy. However, creatinine clearance was significantly improved in PAN treated rats receiving either targeted Crry or CD59 therapy (p<0.01). There was no significant difference in creatinine clearance between control (non-proteinuric) rats and PAN treated rats receiving either of the targeted inhibitors (FIG. 29). As expected, PAN-induced proteinuria was high in all rats whether treated with complement inhibitors or not (table 1). Kidney sections prepared from rats treated with PAN and receiving no therapy showed dilation of tubular lumina and tubular and epithelial cell degeneration as assessed by loss of brush border (see FIG. 30 b, also in appendix). Minimal improvement was seen with sCrry therapy (FIG. 30 d). In contrast tubular dilation and degeneration was significantly suppressed in PAN-treated rats receiving targeted Crry and CD59 (FIG. 30 c shows K9/9-Crry, but histology was indistinguishable with K9/9-CD59). These data demonstrate therapeutic efficacy of complement inhibition in this model, demonstrate significant benefit of targeted vs untargeted complement inhibiton and directly demonstrate an important role for MAC-mediated damage in tubulointerstial injury induced by proteinuria. sCD59 is not an effective inhibitor and this study demonstrates that appropriately targeted CD59 allows for the specific inhibition of the MAC in vivo.
  • In a separate experiment the circulatory half life of iodinated recombinant proteins was determined as described (54, 41, incorporated herein by reference for the techniques taught therein). The half lives (t½) of the proteins were as follows: sCrry: 19 min, K9/9-Crry: 23 min, K9/9-CD59, 29 min, single chain K9/9:21 min. To determine the effect of the recombinant proteins on systemic complement inhibition, rats were injected with proteins at 40 mg/Kg and blood collected at times corresponding to 1, 3, 5 and 7×t1/2. Complement inhibitory activity in serum was determined by measuring hemolytic activity (sensitized sheep erythrocytes). As expected, K9/9-CD59 had minimal inhibitory activity in serum (untargeted assay system) (FIG. 31). By about 3 hr (7×t1/2) after the injection of sCrry and K9/9-Crry, there was minimal complement inhibitory activity remaining in serum. The short t1/2 of targeted and untargeted inhibitors, together with biodistribution data and the fact that sCrry is not protective, demonstrate that the kidney-bound complement inhibitors are effective at inhibiting complement locally and for a prolonged period.
  • These data establish the use of targeted complement inhibitors in vivo and demonstrate important benefits of targeted versus untargeted systemic complement inhibition in a model of disease. Although a different targeting vehicle is used in these studies (an antibody fragment), the same principles apply for other targeting vehicles, such as CR2.
  • 4. Example 4
  • Disclosed herein are examples of constructs of the present invention made in accordance with the teaching herein. The terminology used has the following meaning: SCR=short consensus repeats; LP=Leader Peptide. The constructs all have the basic formula of CR2-linker-complement modulator or complement modulator-linker-CR2. Notations in parenthesis indicate details within a particular section of the composition. For example, “(complete)” means that the entire mature protein is used in the construct, whereas “(SCR2-4)” indicates that SCR1 is not part of the construct. It is understood that a linker can be a chemical linker, a natural liker peptide, or amino acid linking sequences (e.g., (Gly4Ser)3). It is understood that this list is not limiting and only provides examples of some of the constructs disclosed in the present application.
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-human CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-MCP
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-CVF
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-human CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-MCP
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-CR1
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-Crry
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-CVF
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1 (LP-SCR1-4-SCR8-11-SCR15-18)
  • CR2 (complete)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry (5 N-terminal SCRs)
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-DAF
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-human CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-MCP
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-CR1
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-Crry
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-VSVFPLE-CVF
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-DAF
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-MCP
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CR1
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-Crry
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-in-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CVF
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-DAF
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-human CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-MCP
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-CR1
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-Crry
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (complete)-bismaleimidohexane-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)(Gly3Ser)4-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1 (LP-SCR1-4-SCR8-11-SCR15-18)
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry (5 N-terminal SCRs)
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-Cny
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-VSVFPLE-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2) m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-in-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-2) m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-2)-bismaleimidohexane-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1 (LP-SCR1-4-SCR8-11-SCR15-18)
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry (5 N-terminal SCRs)
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-VSVFPLE-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-3) m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-3)-bismaleimidohexane-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-Gly3Ser)4-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly3Ser)4-DAF (SCRs 2-4)
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-CR1 (LP-SCR1-4-SCR8-11-SCR15-18)
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-(Gly4Ser)3-Crry (5 N-terminal SCRs)
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4) VSVFPLE-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-VSVFPLE-CVF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-4) m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-m-Maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-DAF
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-human CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-MCP
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-CR1
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-Crry
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-mouse CD59
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgG1 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-human IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgG3 Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-murine IgM Fc
  • CR2 (SCR1-4)-bismaleimidohexane-CVF
  • G. REFERENCES
    • 1. Wang, Y., Rollins, S. A., Madri, J. A., and Matis, L. A. 1995. Anti-05 monoclonal antibody therapy prevents collagen-induced arthritis and ameliorates established disease. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:8955-8959.
    • 2. Wang, Y., Hu, Q., Madri, J. A., Rollins, S. A., Chodera, A., and Matis, L. A. 1996. Amelioration of lupus-like autoimmune disease in NZB/W F1 mice after treatment with a blocking monoclonal antibody specific for complement component C5. Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci. USA 93:8563-8568.
    • 3. Kaplan, M. 2002. Eculizumab (Alexion). Curr Opin Investig Drugs 3:1017-1023.
    • 4. Whiss, P. A. 2002. Pexelizumab Alexion. Curr Opin Investig Drugs 3:870-877.
    • 5. Weisman, H. F., Bartow, T., Leppo, M. K., Marsh, H. C., Carson, G. R., Consino, M. F., Boyle, M. P., Roux, K. H., Weisfeldt, M. L., and Fearon, D. T. 1990. Soluble human complement receptor type 1: in vivo inhibitor of complement suppressing post-ischenic myocardial inflammation and necrosis. Science 249:146-151.
    • 6. Rioux, P. 2001. TP-10 (AVANT Immunotherapeutics). Curr Opin Investig Drugs 2:364-371.
    • 7. Higgins, P. J., Ko, J.-L., Lobell, R., Sardonini, C., Alessi, M. K., and Yeh, C. G. 1997. A soluble chimeric complement activating inhibitory protein that possesses both decay-accelerating and factor I cofactor activities. J. Immunol. 158:2872-2881.
    • 8. Moran, P., Beasly, H., Gorrel, A., Martin, E., Gribling, P., Fuchs, H., Gillet, N., Burton, L. E., and Caras, I. W. 1992. Human recombinant soluble decay accelerating factor inhibits complement activation in vitro and in vivo. J. Immunol. 149:1736-1743.
    • 9. Christiansen, D., Milland, J., Thorley, B. R., McKenzie, I. F., and Loveland, B. E. 1996. A functional analysis of recombinant soluble CD46 in vivo and a comparison with recombinant soluble forms of CD55 and CD35 in vitro. eji 26:578-585.
    • 10. Salerno, C. T., Kulick, D. M., Yeh, C. G., Guzman-Paz, M., Higgins, P. J., Benson, B. A., Park, S. J., Shumway, S. J., Bolman, R. M., 3rd, and Dalmasso, A. P. 2002. A soluble chimeric inhibitor of C3 and C5 convertases, complement activation blocker-2, prolongs graft survival in pig-to-rhesus monkey heart transplantation. Xenotransplantation 9:125-134.
    • 11. Kroshus, T. J., Salerno, C. T., Yeh, C. G., Higgins, P. J., Bolman, R. M., 3rd, and Dalmasso, A. P. 2000. A recombinant soluble chimeric complement inhibitor composed of human CD46 and CD55 reduces acute cardiac tissue injury in models of pig-to-human heart transplantation. Transplantation 69:2282-2289.
    • 12. Rushmere, N. K., Van Den Berg, C. W., and Morgan, B. P. 2000. Production and functional characterization of a soluble recombinant form of mouse CD59. Immunology 99:326-332.
    • 13. Quigg, R. J., He, C., Hack, B. K., Alexander, J. J., and Morgan, B. P. 2000. Production and functional analysis of rat CD59 and chimeric CD59-Crry as active soluble proteins in Pichia pastoris. Immunology 99:46-53.
    • 14. Sugita, Y., Ito, K., Shiozuka, K., Gushima, H., Tomita, M., and Masuho, Y. 1994. Recombinant soluble CD59 inhibits reactive haemolysis with complement. Immunol. 82:34-41.
    • 15. Meri, S., Lehto, T., Sutton, C. W., Tyynela, J., and Baumann, M. 1996. Structural composition and functional characterization of soluble CD59: heterogeneity of the oligosaccharide and glycophosphoinositol (GPI) anchor revealed by laser-desorption mass spectrometric analysis. Biochem J 316 (Pt 3):923-935.
    • 16. Mulligan, M. S., Warner, R. L., Ritterhaus, C. W., Thomas, L. J., Ryan, U.S., Foreman, K. E., Crouch, L. D., Till, G. O., and Ward, P. A. 1999. Endothelial targeting and enhanced antiinflammatory effects of complement inhibitors possessing silayl lewisX moieties. J. Immunol. 162:4952-4959.
    • 17. Ritterhaus, C. W., Thomas, L. J., Miller, D. P., Picard, M. D., Georhegan-Barek, 15, K. M., Scesney, S. M., Henry, L. D., Sen, A. C., Bertino, A. M., Hannig, G., et al. 1999. Recombinant glycoproteins that inhibit complement activation and also bind the selectin adhesion molecules. J. Biol. Chem. 274:11237-11244.
    • 18. Zhang Hf, H., Lu, S., Morrison, S. L., and Tomlinson, S. 2001. Targeting of functional antibody-decay accelerating factor (DAF) fusion proteins to a cell surface. J Biol Chem 14:14.
    • 19. Zhang, H.-F., Yu, J., Bajwa, E., Morrison, S. L., and Tomlinson, S. 1999. Targeting of functional antibody-CD59 fusion proteins to a cell surface. J. Clin.Invest. 103:55-66.
    • 20. Linton, S. M., Williams, A. S., Dodd, I., Smith, R., Williams, B. D., and Morgan, B. P. 2000. Therapeutic efficacy of a novel membrane-targeted complement regulator in antigen-induced arthritis in the rat. Arthritis Rheum 43:2590-2597.
    • 21. Smith, G. P., and Smith, R. A. 2001. Membrane-targeted complement inhibitors. Mol Immunol 38:249-255.
    • 22. Carroll, M. C. 1998. The role of complement and complement receptors in induction and regulation of immunity. Annu.Rev.Immunol. 16:545-568.
    • 23. Carroll, M. C. 2000. The role of complement in B cell activation and tolerance. Adv Immunol 74:61-88.
    • 24. Holers, V. M. 1989. Complement receptors. Year Immunol 4:231-240.
    • 25. Dierich, M. P., Schulz, T. F., Eigentler, A., Huemer, H., and Schwable, W. 1988. Structural and functional relationships among receptors and regulators of the complement system. Mol Immunol 25:1043-1051.
    • 26. Lowell, C. A., Klickstein, L. B., Carter, R. H., Mitchell, J. A., Fearon, D. T., and Ahearn, J. M. 1989. Mapping of the Epstein-Barr virus and C3dg binding sites to a common domain on complement receptor type 2. J Exp Med 170:1931-1946.
    • 27. Szakonyi, G., Guthridge, J. M., Li, D., Young, K., Holers, V. M., and Chen, X. S. 2001. Structure of complement receptor 2 in complex with its C3d ligand. Science 292:1725-1728.
    • 28. Law, S. K., Fearon, D. T., and Levine, R. P. 1979. Action of the C3b-inactivator on the cell-bound C3b. J Immunol 122:759-765.
    • 29. Seya, T., and Nagasawa, S. 1985. Limited proteolysis of complement protein C3b by regulatory enzyme C3b inactivator: isolation and characterization of a biologically active fragment, C3d,g. J Biochem (Tokyo) 97:373-382.
    • 30. Quigg, R. A., Kozono, Y., Berthiaume, D., Lim, A., Salant, J., Weinfeld, A., Griffin, P., Kremmer, E., and Holers, V. M. 1998. Blockade of antibody-induced glomerulonephritis with Crry-Ig, a soluble murine complement inhibitor. J. Immunol. 160:4553-4560.
    • 31. Harlow, E., and Lane, D. 1988. Antibodies. A laboratory manual. New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory.
    • 32. Kim, S. 1993. Liposomes as carriers of cancer chemotherapy. Current sataus and future prospects. Drugs 46:618-638.
    • 33. Davies, A., Simmons, D. L., Hale, G., Harrison, R. A., Tighe, H., Lachmann, P. J., and Waldmann, H.1989. CD59, an Ly-6 protein expressed in human lymphoid cells, regulates the action of the complement membrane attack complex of homologous cells. Journal of Experimental Medicine 170:637-654.
    • 34. Guthridge, J. M., Young, K., Gipson, M. G., Sarrias, M. R., Szakonyi, G., Chen, X. S., Malaspina, A., Donoghue, E., James, J. A., Lambris, J. D., et al. 2001. Epitope mapping using the X-ray crystallographic structure of complement receptor type 2 (CR2)/CD21: identification of a highly inhibitory monoclonal antibody that directly recognizes the CR2-C3d interface. J Immunol 167:5758-5766.
    • 35. 1995. PCR Primer. A laboratory manual. Cold Spring Harbor: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
    • 36. Guthridge, J. M., Rakstang, J. K., Young, K. A., Hinshelwood, J., Aslam, M., Robertson, A., Gipson, M. G., Sarrias, M. R., Moore, W. T., Meagher, M., et al. 2001. Structural studies in solution of the recombinant N-terminal pair of short consensus/complement repeat domains of complement receptor type 2 (CR2/CD21) and interactions with its ligand C3dg. Biochemistry 40:5931-5941.
    • 37. Yu, J., Caragine, T., Chen, S., Morgan, B. P., Frey, A. F., and Tomlinson, S. 1999. Protection of human breast cancer cells from complement-mediated lysis by expression of heterologous CD59 Clin.Exp.Immunol. 115:13-18.
    • 38. Duits, A. J., Jainandunsing, S. M., van de Winkel, J. G., and Capel, P. J. 1991. Selective enhancement of Leu-CAM expression by interleukin 6 during differentiation of human promonocytic U937 cells. Scand J Immunol 33:151-159.
    • 39. Rothlein, R., and Springer, T. A. 1986. The requirement for lymphocyte function-associated antigen 1 in homotypic leukocyte adhesion stimulated by phorbol ester. J Exp Med 163:1132-1149.
    • 40. Ross, G. D., Reed, W., Dalzell, J. G., Becker, S. E., and Hogg, N. 1992. Macrophage cytoskeleton association with CR3 and CR4 regulates receptor mobility and phagocytosis of iC3b-opsonized erythrocytes. J Leukoc Biol 51:109-117.
    • 41. Sharkey, R. M., Motta-Hennessy, C., Pawlyk, D., Siegel, J. A., and Goldenberg, D. M. 1990. Biodistribution and dose estimates for yttrium and iodine labeled monoclonal antibody IgG and fragments in nude in nude mice bearing human colonic tumor xenografts. Cancer Res. 50:2330-2336.
    • 42. Sharkey, R. M., Natale, A., Goldenberg, D. M., and Mattes, M. J. 1991. Rapid blood clearance of immunoglobulin G1a and immunoglobulin G2b in nude mice. Cancer Res 51:3102-3107.
    • 43. Andrews, B. S., Eisenberg, R. A., Theofilopoulos, A. N., Izui, S., Wilson, C. B., McConahey, P. J., Murphy, E. D., Roths, J. B., and Dixon, F. J. 1978. Spontaneous murine lupus-like syndromes. Clinical and immunopathological manifestations in several strains. J Exp Med 148:1198-1215.
    • 44. Hebell, T., Ahearn, J. M., and Fearon, D. T. 1991. Suppression of the immune response by a soluble complement receptor of B lymphocytes. Science 254:102-105.
    • 45. Aslam, M., and Perkins, S. J. 2001. Folded-back solution structure of monomeric factor H of human complement by synchrotron X-ray and neutron scattering, analytical ultracentrifugation and constrained molecular modelling. J Mol Biol 309:1117-1138.
    • 46. Koski, C. L., Ramm, L. E., Hammer, C. H., Mayer, M. M., and Shin, M. L. 1983.
  • Cytolysis of nucleated cells by complement: cell death displays multi-hit characteristics. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80:3816-3820.
    • 47. Ramm, L. E., Whitlow, M. B., and Mayer, M. M. 1982. Transmembrane channel formation by complement: functional analysis of the number of C5b6, C7, C8, and C9 molecules required for a single channel. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 79:4751-4755.
    • 48. Takeda, J., Kozono, H., Takata, Y., Hong, K., Kinoshita, T., Sayama, K., Tanaka, E., and Inoue, K. 1986. Number of hits necessary for complement-mediated hemolysis. Microbiol. Immunol 30:461-468.
    • 49. Mendrick, D. L., and H. G. Rennke. 1988. Induction of proteinuria in the rat by a monoclonal antibody against SGP-115/107. Kidney Int 33:818-830.
    • 50. Mendrick, D. L., H. G. Rennke, R. S. Cotran, T. A. Springer, and A. K. Abbas. 1983. Monoclonal antibodies against rat glomerular antigens: production and specificity. Laboratory Investigation 49:107-117.
    • 51. Hsu, S. I., and W. G. Couser. 2003. Chronic progression of tubulointerstitial damage in proteinuric renal disease is mediated by complement activation: a therapeutic role for complement inhibitors? J Am Soc Nephrol 114:S186-191.
    • 52. Sheerin, N. S., and S. H. Sacks. 2002. Leaked protein and interstitial damage in the kidney: is complement the missing link? Clin Exp Immunol 130:1-3.
    • 53. Hori, Y., K. Yamada, N. Hanafusa, T. Okuda, N. Okada, T. Miyata, W. G. Couser, K. Kurokawa, T. Fujita, and M. Nangaku. 1999. Crry, a complement regulatory protein, modulates renal interstitial disease induced by proteinuria. Kidney Int 56:2096-2106.
    • 54. Song, H., C. He, C. Knaak, J. M. Guthridge, V. M. Holers, and S. Tomlinson. 2003. Complement receptor 2-mediated targeting of complement inhibitors to sites of complement activation. J Clin Invest 111:1875-1885.
    H. SEQUENCES
  • 1. DAF
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 1
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 2
  • 2. CD59
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 3
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 4
  • 3. CR2-DAF
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 5
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 6
  • 4. CR2-Human CD59
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 7
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 8
  • 5. DAF-CR2
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 9
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 10
  • 6. Human CD59-CR2
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 11
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 12
  • 7. CR1
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 13
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 14
  • 8. MCP
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 15
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 16
  • 9. Mouse Crry
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 17
  • 10 Human IgG1 Fc
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 18
  • 11. Human IgM Fc
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 19
  • 12. CR2-Human IgG1 Fc
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 20
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 21
  • 13. Mouse IgG3 Fc
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 22
  • 14. Cobra Venom Factor
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 23
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 24
  • 15. Human CR2
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 25
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 26
  • 16. Mouse CR2
  • Nucleotide Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 27
    Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 28
  • 17. Human CR2
  • Amino Acid Sequence corresponds to SEQ ID NO: 29

Claims (32)

1-29. (canceled)
30. A method of treating a condition affected by complement in a subject comprising administering to the subject a composition comprising a construct, wherein the construct comprises:
(a) a CR2 or a fragment thereof, wherein the fragment comprises at least the first two N-terminal short consensus repeat (SCR) domains of the CR2 protein; and
(b) a modulator of compliment activity, wherein the modulator comprises CD59.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein the condition is a cancer.
32. (canceled)
33. The method of claim 30, wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of a viral infection, a bacterial infection, a parasitic infection, and a fungal infection.
34-40. (canceled)
41. The method of claim 30, wherein the condition is an inflammatory condition.
42-55. (canceled)
56. A method of treating an inflammatory condition in a subject by administering to the subject a composition comprising a construct, wherein the construct comprises:
(a) a CR2 or a fragment thereof, wherein the fragment contains at least the first two N-terminal short consensus repeat (SCR) domains of the CR2 protein; and
(b) a modulator of compliment activity, wherein the modulator comprises CD59.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein the inflammatory condition is stroke.
58. The method of claim 56, wherein the inflammatory condition is ischemia reperfusion injury.
59-82. (canceled)
83. The method of claim 30, wherein the construct is a fusion protein.
84. The method of claim 30, wherein the composition comprises SEQ ID NO:12.
85. The method of claim 30, wherein the composition comprises SEQ ID NO:8
86. The method of claim 30, wherein the complement modulator is murine CD59 or human CD59.
87. The method of claim 30, wherein the construct is an immunoconjugate.
88. The method of claim 83, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof is fused to the N-terminus of CD59.
89. The method of claim 83, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof is fused to the C-terminus of CD59.
90. The method of claim 30, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof comprises a full-length CR2 protein.
91. The method of claim 30, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof comprises the four N-terminal SCR domains of the CR2 protein.
92. The method of claim 30, wherein the complement modulator comprises the extracellular region of CD59.
93. The method of claim 56, wherein the construct is a fusion protein.
94. The method of claim 56, wherein the composition comprises SEQ ID NO:12.
95. The method of claim 56, wherein the composition comprises SEQ ID NO:8
96. The method of claim 56, wherein the complement modulator is murine CD59 or human CD59.
97. The method of claim 56, wherein the construct is an immunoconjugate.
98. The method of claim 93, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof is fused to the N-terminus of CD59.
99. The method of claim 93, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof is fused to the C-terminus of CD59.
100. The method of claim 56, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof comprises a full-length CR2 protein.
101. The method of claim 56, wherein the CR2 or a fragment thereof comprises the four N-terminal SCR domains of the CR2 protein.
102. The method of claim 56, wherein the complement modulator comprises the extracellular region of CD59.
US13/162,423 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators Abandoned US20120015871A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/162,423 US20120015871A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US42667602P 2002-11-15 2002-11-15
PCT/US2003/036459 WO2004045520A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2003-11-13 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
US53477207A 2007-03-22 2007-03-22
US13/162,423 US20120015871A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/036459 Division WO2004045520A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2003-11-13 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
US53477207A Division 2002-11-15 2007-03-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120015871A1 true US20120015871A1 (en) 2012-01-19

Family

ID=32326396

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/534,772 Active 2027-04-08 US8007804B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2003-11-13 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
US13/162,434 Expired - Lifetime US8540997B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 1 and 2 fusion proteins
US13/162,423 Abandoned US20120015871A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
US13/162,479 Abandoned US20120014952A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/534,772 Active 2027-04-08 US8007804B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2003-11-13 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
US13/162,434 Expired - Lifetime US8540997B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 1 and 2 fusion proteins

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/162,479 Abandoned US20120014952A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2011-06-16 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (4) US8007804B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1569685B8 (en)
JP (3) JP4915980B2 (en)
CN (1) CN100594037C (en)
AU (2) AU2003298650B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2505601C (en)
DK (1) DK1569685T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2392511T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1569685E (en)
WO (1) WO2004045520A2 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120226663A1 (en) * 2011-03-02 2012-09-06 Valdez Kline Teresa S Preconfigured media file uploading and sharing
US8540997B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2013-09-24 Musc Foundation For Research Development Complement receptor 1 and 2 fusion proteins
US9066925B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2015-06-30 Musc Foundation For Research Development Methods of stimulating liver regeneration
US9212212B2 (en) 2006-06-21 2015-12-15 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Targeting complement factor H for treatment of diseases
US9259488B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2016-02-16 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Anti-C3d antibody conjugates and methods of detecting complement activation
US9650447B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2017-05-16 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Complement receptor 2 (CR2) targeting groups
US9815890B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2017-11-14 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Antibodies to the C3d fragment of complement component 3
US10239937B2 (en) 2009-11-05 2019-03-26 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, hemolytic anemias and disease states involving intravascular and extravascular hemolysis
US11191851B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2021-12-07 Musc Foundation For Research Development Anti-C3d antibody conjugates and methods of detecting complement activation

Families Citing this family (120)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6820011B2 (en) 2001-04-11 2004-11-16 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Three-dimensional structure of complement receptor type 2 and uses thereof
BR122018071808B8 (en) 2003-11-06 2020-06-30 Seattle Genetics Inc conjugate
US8454963B2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2013-06-04 Musc Foundation For Research Development Tissue targeted complement modulators
US8124097B2 (en) * 2004-01-21 2012-02-28 Case Western Reserve University Hybrid and chimeric polypeptides that regulate activation of complement
ES2432112T3 (en) * 2004-02-10 2013-11-29 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Inhibition of factor B, of the alternative complement pathway and related methods
EP2286844A3 (en) 2004-06-01 2012-08-22 Genentech, Inc. Antibody-drug conjugates and methods
US20100111856A1 (en) 2004-09-23 2010-05-06 Herman Gill Zirconium-radiolabeled, cysteine engineered antibody conjugates
NZ553500A (en) 2004-09-23 2009-11-27 Genentech Inc Genentech Inc Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates withCysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates with a free cysteine amino acid in the heavy chain a free cysteine amino acid in the heavy chain
CA2610340C (en) * 2005-05-26 2016-02-16 Vernon Michael Holers Inhibition of the alternative complement pathway for treatment of traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury and related conditions
EP1893227A2 (en) * 2005-06-06 2008-03-05 Girish J. Kotwal Methods for treatment or prophylaxis of atherosclerosis and reperfusion injury
US7723292B2 (en) * 2006-09-06 2010-05-25 Fernando And Anna Foundation Compositions and methods for treating cancer
AU2007307375B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2013-11-28 Regenesance B.V. Complement inhibition for improved nerve regeneration
CN101668773B (en) 2007-03-14 2016-08-31 亚力史制药公司 humaneered anti-factor B antibody
PL2185589T3 (en) 2007-06-01 2016-09-30 Immunoglobulin constant region fc receptor binding agents
WO2009102488A2 (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Tufts University A humanized model of membrane attack complex (mac) formation on murine retina and compositions, kits and methods for treatment of macular degeneration
WO2009151634A1 (en) * 2008-06-12 2009-12-17 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Complement inhibitory agents as therapeutics in posttraumatic and degenerative arthritis
US8840868B2 (en) * 2009-02-04 2014-09-23 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Non-invasive detection of complement-mediated inflammation using CR2-targeted nanoparticles
SG176947A1 (en) 2009-07-03 2012-01-30 Avipep Pty Ltd Immuno-conjugates and methods for producing them
AU2010292172A1 (en) 2009-09-09 2012-05-03 Centrose, Llc Extracellular targeted drug conjugates
AU2010336029B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2011-10-13 Avipep Pty Ltd Immuno-conjugates and methods for producing them 2
EP3815708A1 (en) 2010-03-05 2021-05-05 Omeros Corporation Chimeric inhibitor molecules of complement activation
JP5972864B2 (en) 2010-04-15 2016-08-17 メディミューン リミテッド Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and their conjugates
US20130231464A1 (en) 2010-04-28 2013-09-05 Oncolmmune, Inc. Methods of use of soluble cd24 for therapy of rheumatoid arthritis
PT3260128T (en) * 2010-04-28 2020-10-22 Oncolmmune Inc Methods of use of soluble cd24 for therapy of rheumatoid arthritis
EP2579897A1 (en) 2010-06-08 2013-04-17 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
PL2598533T3 (en) 2010-07-28 2019-07-31 Gliknik Inc. Fusion proteins of natural human protein fragments to create orderly multimerized immunoglobulin fc compositions
JP6017422B2 (en) * 2010-08-10 2016-11-02 エコール・ポリテクニーク・フェデラル・ドゥ・ローザンヌ(ウペエフエル)Ecole Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne (EPFL) Erythrocyte binding therapy
US9850296B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2017-12-26 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Erythrocyte-binding therapeutics
US9517257B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2016-12-13 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) Erythrocyte-binding therapeutics
WO2012021891A2 (en) * 2010-08-13 2012-02-16 Tufts University Compositions, kits and methods for treatment of complement-related disorders
EP2640727B1 (en) 2010-11-17 2015-05-13 Genentech, Inc. Alaninyl maytansinol antibody conjugates
EP2673293B1 (en) * 2011-02-10 2020-09-16 President and Fellows of Harvard College Surrogates of post-translationally modified proteins and uses thereof
CA2833404A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 Garvan Institute Of Medical Research Modified variable domain molecules and methods for producing and using them b
MX2013013054A (en) 2011-05-12 2014-02-20 Genentech Inc Multiple reaction monitoring lc-ms/ms method to detect therapeutic antibodies in animal samples using framework signature peptides.
US20140242726A1 (en) * 2011-09-15 2014-08-28 Atsuhiko Toyama LUNG CANCER MARKER COMPLEMENT C3dg MOLECULE, AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING LUNG CANCER MARKER
KR101877598B1 (en) 2011-10-14 2018-07-11 메디뮨 리미티드 Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
BR112014013205A2 (en) * 2011-12-01 2020-10-27 Protevobio, Inc. fusion protein, its use and production method, pharmaceutical composition, nucleic acid, and kit
WO2013130093A1 (en) 2012-03-02 2013-09-06 Genentech, Inc. Biomarkers for treatment with anti-tubulin chemotherapeutic compounds
EP2855529A4 (en) 2012-05-24 2015-12-09 Alexion Pharma Inc Humaneered anti-factor b antibody
PT2906296T (en) 2012-10-12 2018-06-01 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
SI2906298T1 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-12-31 Adc Therapeutics Sa Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
EP2906250B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-05-30 ADC Therapeutics SA Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-psma antibody conjugates
AU2013328580B2 (en) 2012-10-12 2016-01-21 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
KR101986404B1 (en) 2012-10-12 2019-06-07 에이디씨 테라퓨틱스 에스에이 Pyrrolobenzodiazepine - anti-psma antibody conjugates
WO2014057120A1 (en) 2012-10-12 2014-04-17 Adc Therapeutics Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
SI2906251T1 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-01-31 Adc Therapeutics Sa Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-cd22 antibody conjugates
CN105246894A (en) 2012-12-21 2016-01-13 斯皮罗根有限公司 Unsymmetrical pyrrolobenzodiazepines-dimers for use in the treatment of proliferative and autoimmune diseases
EP2935268B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2021-02-17 MedImmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
CN111965358A (en) * 2013-02-08 2020-11-20 阿勒格尼-辛格研究所 Cell-bound complement activation products as pre-lupus diagnostic biomarkers
NZ710745A (en) 2013-03-13 2019-03-29 Genentech Inc Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
US9649390B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-05-16 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
AU2014230735B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2018-03-15 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2015023355A1 (en) 2013-08-12 2015-02-19 Genentech, Inc. 1-(chloromethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1h-benzo[e]indole dimer antibody-drug conjugate compounds, and methods of use and treatment
GB201317982D0 (en) 2013-10-11 2013-11-27 Spirogen Sarl Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
US9956299B2 (en) 2013-10-11 2018-05-01 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine—antibody conjugates
EP3054985B1 (en) 2013-10-11 2018-12-26 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
WO2015052532A1 (en) 2013-10-11 2015-04-16 Spirogen Sàrl Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
BR112016013861A2 (en) 2013-12-16 2017-10-10 Genentech Inc drug and antibody conjugates, compounds, treatment method and pharmaceutical composition
JP6671292B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2020-03-25 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Peptidomimetic compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
BR112016013258A2 (en) 2013-12-16 2018-01-16 Genentech Inc antibody-drug conjugate, pharmaceutical composition, method for treating cancer and kit
ES2874884T3 (en) 2014-02-21 2021-11-05 Ecole Polytechnique Fed De Lausanne Epfl Epfl Tto Glucose Targeting Therapeutic Compounds
US10046056B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2018-08-14 École Polytechnique Fédérale De Lausanne (Epfl) Glycotargeting therapeutics
US10946079B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2021-03-16 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne Glycotargeting therapeutics
US10953101B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2021-03-23 École Polytechnique Fédérale De Lausanne (Epfl) Glycotargeting therapeutics
ES2750556T3 (en) * 2014-06-12 2020-03-26 Ra Pharmaceuticals Inc Complement activity modulation
EP3193940A1 (en) 2014-09-10 2017-07-26 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
GB201416112D0 (en) 2014-09-12 2014-10-29 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
WO2016040825A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Genentech, Inc. Anthracycline disulfide intermediates, antibody-drug conjugates and methods
AR101844A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2017-01-18 Genentech Inc ANTIBODIES AND GENETICALLY MODIFIED CONJUGATES WITH CYSTEINE
CR20170099A (en) 2014-09-17 2017-07-19 Genentech Inc PIRROLOBENZODIAZEPINAS AND CONJUGADOS DE ANTIBERPOS-DISULFURO DE LAS SISAS
CN107148285B (en) 2014-11-25 2022-01-04 Adc治疗股份有限公司 Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
CA2969689A1 (en) 2014-12-03 2016-06-09 Genentech, Inc. Quaternary amine compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
GB201506411D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Bergenbio As Humanized anti-axl antibodies
GB201506402D0 (en) 2015-04-15 2015-05-27 Berkel Patricius H C Van And Howard Philip W Site-specific antibody-drug conjugates
MA43345A (en) 2015-10-02 2018-08-08 Hoffmann La Roche PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINE ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF USE
US20190016766A1 (en) * 2015-10-07 2019-01-17 Daniel E. Benjamin Use of improved modulators of complement function as cancer therapeutics
MA43354A (en) 2015-10-16 2018-08-22 Genentech Inc CONJUGATE DRUG CONJUGATES WITH CLOUDY DISULPHIDE
MA45326A (en) 2015-10-20 2018-08-29 Genentech Inc CALICHEAMICIN-ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF USE
GB201601431D0 (en) 2016-01-26 2016-03-09 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
GB201602356D0 (en) 2016-02-10 2016-03-23 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
GB201602359D0 (en) 2016-02-10 2016-03-23 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
WO2017165734A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2017-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Multiplexed total antibody and antibody-conjugated drug quantification assay
GB201607478D0 (en) 2016-04-29 2016-06-15 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates
PL3458101T3 (en) 2016-05-20 2021-05-31 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Protac antibody conjugates and methods of use
EP3465221B1 (en) 2016-05-27 2020-07-22 H. Hoffnabb-La Roche Ag Bioanalytical method for the characterization of site-specific antibody-drug conjugates
US10639378B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2020-05-05 Genentech, Inc. Silvestrol antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use
US11034775B2 (en) 2016-06-07 2021-06-15 Gliknik Inc. Cysteine-optimized stradomers
JP7093767B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2022-06-30 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Pyrrolobenzodiazepine prodrug and its antibody conjugate
CN110139674B (en) 2016-10-05 2023-05-16 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Method for preparing antibody drug conjugates
GB201617466D0 (en) 2016-10-14 2016-11-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
AU2017371179B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2022-07-14 Gliknik Inc. Manufacturing optimization of GL-2045, a multimerizing stradomer
WO2018107082A1 (en) 2016-12-09 2018-06-14 Gliknik Inc. Methods of treating inflammatory disorders with multivalent fc compounds
GB201702031D0 (en) 2017-02-08 2017-03-22 Medlmmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
CA3047683C (en) 2017-02-08 2020-03-10 Adc Therapeutics Sa Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates
LT3612537T (en) 2017-04-18 2022-10-10 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
BR112019021880A2 (en) 2017-04-20 2020-06-02 Adc Therapeutics Sa COMBINATION THERAPY WITH ANTI-AXL-DRUG ANTIBODY CONJUGATE
WO2018195008A1 (en) 2017-04-21 2018-10-25 Mellitus, Llc Methods and antibodies for diabetes-related applications
US11851486B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2023-12-26 National Center Of Neurology And Psychiatry Method for predicting and evaluating therapeutic effect in diseases related to IL-6 and neutrophils
CN106983722B (en) * 2017-05-08 2019-11-08 广西医科大学 A kind of targeting complement antibody microcapsule formulation and the preparation method and application thereof for treating alcoholic liver disease
KR20240073085A (en) 2017-05-10 2024-05-24 파마 싱크, 엘엘씨 Enveloped virus resistant to complement inactivation for the treatment of cancer
US11318211B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2022-05-03 Adc Therapeutics Sa Dosage regimes for the administration of an anti-CD19 ADC
US11253579B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2022-02-22 The University Of Chicago Compositions and methods for inducing immune tolerance
LT3668874T (en) 2017-08-18 2022-03-25 Medimmune Limited Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates
RU2020113749A (en) 2017-09-20 2021-10-20 пиЭйч ФАРМА Ко., ЛТД. ANALOGUES OF THAILANSTATIN
JP7235249B2 (en) * 2017-10-20 2023-03-08 学校法人兵庫医科大学 Pharmaceutical composition for suppressing postoperative adhesion containing anti-IL-6 receptor antibody
GB201803342D0 (en) 2018-03-01 2018-04-18 Medimmune Ltd Methods
US20190345516A1 (en) * 2018-03-12 2019-11-14 Musc Foundation For Research Development Methods for treating eye disease
GB201806022D0 (en) 2018-04-12 2018-05-30 Medimmune Ltd Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof
GB201814281D0 (en) 2018-09-03 2018-10-17 Femtogenix Ltd Cytotoxic agents
AU2019365238A1 (en) 2018-10-24 2021-05-13 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Conjugated chemical inducers of degradation and methods of use
CN113227119A (en) 2018-12-10 2021-08-06 基因泰克公司 Photocrosslinked peptides for site-specific conjugation to Fc-containing proteins
GB201901197D0 (en) 2019-01-29 2019-03-20 Femtogenix Ltd G-A Crosslinking cytotoxic agents
CN109929026B (en) * 2019-03-15 2020-10-13 北京康普美特创新医药科技有限责任公司 Human target complement inhibitor protein mCR2-DAF and application thereof
CN109970870B (en) * 2019-04-24 2022-07-26 北京康普美特创新医药科技有限责任公司 Human source target complement inhibitor protein mCR2-CD59 and application
CN110423271A (en) * 2019-08-07 2019-11-08 北京市农林科学院 The clone of chicken CR2 gene, the expression of albumen and purifying and its preparation of polyclonal antibody
GB201912437D0 (en) * 2019-08-30 2019-10-16 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd CR2 Binding Proteins and their use in Medical Therapy
WO2021247487A1 (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-09 Medical University Of South Carolina Recombinant fusion proteins targeting p-selectin, and methods of use thereof for treating diseases and disorders
GB2597532A (en) 2020-07-28 2022-02-02 Femtogenix Ltd Cytotoxic compounds
CN114209813A (en) * 2021-11-30 2022-03-22 广西医科大学第一附属医院 Application of targeted complement inhibitor in preparation of medicine for improving cholestatic liver injury
WO2024138128A2 (en) 2022-12-23 2024-06-27 Genentech, Inc. Cereblon degrader conjugates, and uses thereof

Family Cites Families (167)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2007A (en) * 1841-03-16 Improvement in the mode of harvesting grain
FR1601438A (en) 1968-10-17 1970-08-24
US3687808A (en) 1969-08-14 1972-08-29 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Synthetic polynucleotides
US5212071A (en) * 1988-04-01 1993-05-18 The Johns Hopkins University Nucleic acids encoding a human C3b/C4b receptor (CR1)
US5981481A (en) * 1974-12-06 1999-11-09 The Johns Hopkins University Human C3b/C4b receptor (CR1)
US4469863A (en) 1980-11-12 1984-09-04 Ts O Paul O P Nonionic nucleic acid alkyl and aryl phosphonates and processes for manufacture and use thereof
US5023243A (en) 1981-10-23 1991-06-11 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Oligonucleotide therapeutic agent and method of making same
US4476301A (en) 1982-04-29 1984-10-09 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Oligonucleotides, a process for preparing the same and their application as mediators of the action of interferon
JPS5927900A (en) 1982-08-09 1984-02-14 Wakunaga Seiyaku Kk Oligonucleotide derivative and its preparation
FR2540122B1 (en) 1983-01-27 1985-11-29 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL COMPOUNDS COMPRISING A SEQUENCE OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDE LINKED TO AN INTERCALATION AGENT, THEIR SYNTHESIS PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION
US4605735A (en) 1983-02-14 1986-08-12 Wakunaga Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Oligonucleotide derivatives
US4948882A (en) 1983-02-22 1990-08-14 Syngene, Inc. Single-stranded labelled oligonucleotides, reactive monomers and methods of synthesis
US4824941A (en) 1983-03-10 1989-04-25 Julian Gordon Specific antibody to the native form of 2'5'-oligonucleotides, the method of preparation and the use as reagents in immunoassays or for binding 2'5'-oligonucleotides in biological systems
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4587044A (en) 1983-09-01 1986-05-06 The Johns Hopkins University Linkage of proteins to nucleic acids
US5118800A (en) 1983-12-20 1992-06-02 California Institute Of Technology Oligonucleotides possessing a primary amino group in the terminal nucleotide
US5118802A (en) 1983-12-20 1992-06-02 California Institute Of Technology DNA-reporter conjugates linked via the 2' or 5'-primary amino group of the 5'-terminal nucleoside
US5550111A (en) 1984-07-11 1996-08-27 Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Dual action 2',5'-oligoadenylate antiviral derivatives and uses thereof
FR2567892B1 (en) 1984-07-19 1989-02-17 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL OLIGONUCLEOTIDES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AS MEDIATORS IN DEVELOPING THE EFFECTS OF INTERFERONS
US5367066A (en) 1984-10-16 1994-11-22 Chiron Corporation Oligonucleotides with selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites
US5258506A (en) 1984-10-16 1993-11-02 Chiron Corporation Photolabile reagents for incorporation into oligonucleotide chains
US5430136A (en) 1984-10-16 1995-07-04 Chiron Corporation Oligonucleotides having selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites
US4828979A (en) 1984-11-08 1989-05-09 Life Technologies, Inc. Nucleotide analogs for nucleic acid labeling and detection
US4897355A (en) 1985-01-07 1990-01-30 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. N[ω,(ω-1)-dialkyloxy]- and N-[ω,(ω-1)-dialkenyloxy]-alk-1-yl-N,N,N-tetrasubstituted ammonium lipids and uses therefor
FR2575751B1 (en) 1985-01-08 1987-04-03 Pasteur Institut NOVEL ADENOSINE DERIVATIVE NUCLEOSIDES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS
US5405938A (en) 1989-12-20 1995-04-11 Anti-Gene Development Group Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US5235033A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-08-10 Anti-Gene Development Group Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
US5166315A (en) 1989-12-20 1992-11-24 Anti-Gene Development Group Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5185444A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-02-09 Anti-Gene Deveopment Group Uncharged morpolino-based polymers having phosphorous containing chiral intersubunit linkages
US4762779A (en) 1985-06-13 1988-08-09 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods for functionalizing nucleic acids
US4980286A (en) 1985-07-05 1990-12-25 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research In vivo introduction and expression of foreign genetic material in epithelial cells
EP0228458B2 (en) 1985-07-05 1997-10-22 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Epithelial cells expressing foreign genetic material
JPH0742235B2 (en) * 1985-11-08 1995-05-10 三共株式会社 Prophylactic / therapeutic agent for autoimmune diseases
US5317098A (en) 1986-03-17 1994-05-31 Hiroaki Shizuya Non-radioisotope tagging of fragments
JPS638396A (en) 1986-06-30 1988-01-14 Wakunaga Pharmaceut Co Ltd Poly-labeled oligonucleotide derivative
US5260203A (en) * 1986-09-02 1993-11-09 Enzon, Inc. Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US4704692A (en) 1986-09-02 1987-11-03 Ladner Robert C Computer based system and method for determining and displaying possible chemical structures for converting double- or multiple-chain polypeptides to single-chain polypeptides
US5264423A (en) 1987-03-25 1993-11-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
US5276019A (en) 1987-03-25 1994-01-04 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
US4904582A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-02-27 Synthetic Genetics Novel amphiphilic nucleic acid conjugates
WO1988010264A1 (en) 1987-06-24 1988-12-29 Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology Nucleoside derivatives
US5585481A (en) 1987-09-21 1996-12-17 Gen-Probe Incorporated Linking reagents for nucleotide probes
US4924624A (en) 1987-10-22 1990-05-15 Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education 2,',5'-phosphorothioate oligoadenylates and plant antiviral uses thereof
US5188897A (en) 1987-10-22 1993-02-23 Temple University Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Encapsulated 2',5'-phosphorothioate oligoadenylates
US5525465A (en) 1987-10-28 1996-06-11 Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology And Medicine Oligonucleotide-polyamide conjugates and methods of production and applications of the same
DE3738460A1 (en) 1987-11-12 1989-05-24 Max Planck Gesellschaft MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDS
EP0400047B1 (en) 1988-02-05 1997-04-23 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Modified hepatocytes and uses therefor
US5082830A (en) 1988-02-26 1992-01-21 Enzo Biochem, Inc. End labeled nucleotide probe
WO1989009221A1 (en) 1988-03-25 1989-10-05 University Of Virginia Alumni Patents Foundation Oligonucleotide n-alkylphosphoramidates
US5256642A (en) * 1988-04-01 1993-10-26 The Johns Hopkins University Compositions of soluble complement receptor 1 (CR1) and a thrombolytic agent, and the methods of use thereof
US5278302A (en) 1988-05-26 1994-01-11 University Patents, Inc. Polynucleotide phosphorodithioates
US5109124A (en) 1988-06-01 1992-04-28 Biogen, Inc. Nucleic acid probe linked to a label having a terminal cysteine
US5216141A (en) 1988-06-06 1993-06-01 Benner Steven A Oligonucleotide analogs containing sulfur linkages
US5175273A (en) 1988-07-01 1992-12-29 Genentech, Inc. Nucleic acid intercalating agents
WO1990002806A1 (en) 1988-09-01 1990-03-22 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Recombinant retroviruses with amphotropic and ecotropic host ranges
US5262536A (en) 1988-09-15 1993-11-16 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Reagents for the preparation of 5'-tagged oligonucleotides
US5512439A (en) 1988-11-21 1996-04-30 Dynal As Oligonucleotide-linked magnetic particles and uses thereof
US5599923A (en) 1989-03-06 1997-02-04 Board Of Regents, University Of Tx Texaphyrin metal complexes having improved functionalization
US5457183A (en) 1989-03-06 1995-10-10 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Hydroxylated texaphyrins
US5328470A (en) * 1989-03-31 1994-07-12 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Treatment of diseases by site-specific instillation of cells or site-specific transformation of cells and kits therefor
US5391723A (en) 1989-05-31 1995-02-21 Neorx Corporation Oligonucleotide conjugates
US4958013A (en) 1989-06-06 1990-09-18 Northwestern University Cholesteryl modified oligonucleotides
EP0402226A1 (en) 1989-06-06 1990-12-12 Institut National De La Recherche Agronomique Transformation vectors for yeast yarrowia
US5451463A (en) 1989-08-28 1995-09-19 Clontech Laboratories, Inc. Non-nucleoside 1,3-diol reagents for labeling synthetic oligonucleotides
US5134066A (en) 1989-08-29 1992-07-28 Monsanto Company Improved probes using nucleosides containing 3-dezauracil analogs
US5254469A (en) 1989-09-12 1993-10-19 Eastman Kodak Company Oligonucleotide-enzyme conjugate that can be used as a probe in hybridization assays and polymerase chain reaction procedures
US5591722A (en) 1989-09-15 1997-01-07 Southern Research Institute 2'-deoxy-4'-thioribonucleosides and their antiviral activity
US5399676A (en) 1989-10-23 1995-03-21 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity
US5264562A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
ATE269870T1 (en) 1989-10-24 2004-07-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc 2'-MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5292873A (en) 1989-11-29 1994-03-08 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Nucleic acids labeled with naphthoquinone probe
US5177198A (en) 1989-11-30 1993-01-05 University Of N.C. At Chapel Hill Process for preparing oligoribonucleoside and oligodeoxyribonucleoside boranophosphates
US5130302A (en) 1989-12-20 1992-07-14 Boron Bilogicals, Inc. Boronated nucleoside, nucleotide and oligonucleotide compounds, compositions and methods for using same
US5486603A (en) 1990-01-08 1996-01-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide having enhanced binding affinity
US5459255A (en) 1990-01-11 1995-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-2 substituted purines
US5646265A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-07-08 Isis Pharmceuticals, Inc. Process for the preparation of 2'-O-alkyl purine phosphoramidites
US5587361A (en) 1991-10-15 1996-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity
US5681941A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-10-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted purines and oligonucleotide cross-linking
US5578718A (en) 1990-01-11 1996-11-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thiol-derivatized nucleosides
US5670633A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sugar modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression
AU7579991A (en) 1990-02-20 1991-09-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pseudonucleosides and pseudonucleotides and their polymers
US5214136A (en) 1990-02-20 1993-05-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Anthraquinone-derivatives oligonucleotides
US5321131A (en) 1990-03-08 1994-06-14 Hybridon, Inc. Site-specific functionalization of oligodeoxynucleotides for non-radioactive labelling
US5470967A (en) 1990-04-10 1995-11-28 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Oligonucleotide analogs with sulfamate linkages
US6458360B1 (en) * 1990-04-25 2002-10-01 The Johns Hopkins University Soluble complement regulatory molecules
GB9009980D0 (en) 1990-05-03 1990-06-27 Amersham Int Plc Phosphoramidite derivatives,their preparation and the use thereof in the incorporation of reporter groups on synthetic oligonucleotides
EP0745689A3 (en) 1990-05-11 1996-12-11 Microprobe Corporation A dipstick for a nucleic acid hybridization assay
US5218105A (en) 1990-07-27 1993-06-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides
US5677437A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-10-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroatomic oligonucleoside linkages
US5688941A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-11-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of making conjugated 4' desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
US5623070A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-04-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroatomic oligonucleoside linkages
US5541307A (en) 1990-07-27 1996-07-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and solid phase synthesis thereof
US5602240A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-02-11 Ciba Geigy Ag. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs
US5608046A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-03-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
US5489677A (en) 1990-07-27 1996-02-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleoside linkages containing adjacent oxygen and nitrogen atoms
US5610289A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-03-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogues
US5138045A (en) 1990-07-27 1992-08-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides
DE69126530T2 (en) 1990-07-27 1998-02-05 Isis Pharmaceutical, Inc., Carlsbad, Calif. NUCLEASE RESISTANT, PYRIMIDINE MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES THAT DETECT AND MODULE GENE EXPRESSION
US5618704A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-04-08 Isis Pharmacueticals, Inc. Backbone-modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through radical coupling
BR9106729A (en) 1990-08-03 1993-07-20 Sterling Winthrop Inc COMPOUND, PROCESSES TO INHIBIT NUCLEASE DEGRADATION OF COMPOUNDS AND TO STABILIZE SEQUENCES OF NICLEOTIDEOS OR OLIGONUCLEOSIDEOS, COMPOSITION USABLE TO INHIBIT GENE EXPRESSION AND PROCESS TO INHIBIT EXPRESSION OF GENES IN A NEEDING MAMMALIAN NEEDING NEEDS
US5245022A (en) 1990-08-03 1993-09-14 Sterling Drug, Inc. Exonuclease resistant terminally substituted oligonucleotides
US5177196A (en) 1990-08-16 1993-01-05 Microprobe Corporation Oligo (α-arabinofuranosyl nucleotides) and α-arabinofuranosyl precursors thereof
US5512667A (en) 1990-08-28 1996-04-30 Reed; Michael W. Trifunctional intermediates for preparing 3'-tailed oligonucleotides
US5214134A (en) 1990-09-12 1993-05-25 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Process of linking nucleosides with a siloxane bridge
US5561225A (en) 1990-09-19 1996-10-01 Southern Research Institute Polynucleotide analogs containing sulfonate and sulfonamide internucleoside linkages
CA2092002A1 (en) 1990-09-20 1992-03-21 Mark Matteucci Modified internucleoside linkages
US5432272A (en) 1990-10-09 1995-07-11 Benner; Steven A. Method for incorporating into a DNA or RNA oligonucleotide using nucleotides bearing heterocyclic bases
KR930702373A (en) 1990-11-08 1993-09-08 안토니 제이. 페이네 Addition of Multiple Reporter Groups to Synthetic Oligonucleotides
EP0512733A2 (en) * 1991-05-03 1992-11-11 Washington University Modified complement system regulator
US5719262A (en) 1993-11-22 1998-02-17 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having amino acid side chains
US5539082A (en) 1993-04-26 1996-07-23 Nielsen; Peter E. Peptide nucleic acids
US5714331A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-02-03 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
WO1994004679A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1994-03-03 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US5371241A (en) 1991-07-19 1994-12-06 Pharmacia P-L Biochemicals Inc. Fluorescein labelled phosphoramidites
US5571799A (en) 1991-08-12 1996-11-05 Basco, Ltd. (2'-5') oligoadenylate analogues useful as inhibitors of host-v5.-graft response
DE59208572D1 (en) 1991-10-17 1997-07-10 Ciba Geigy Ag Bicyclic nucleosides, oligonucleotides, processes for their preparation and intermediates
US5594121A (en) 1991-11-07 1997-01-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified purines
US6261834B1 (en) 1991-11-08 2001-07-17 Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. Vector for gene therapy
US5484908A (en) 1991-11-26 1996-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines
US5359044A (en) 1991-12-13 1994-10-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals Cyclobutyl oligonucleotide surrogates
US5565552A (en) 1992-01-21 1996-10-15 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Method of expanded porphyrin-oligonucleotide conjugate synthesis
US5595726A (en) 1992-01-21 1997-01-21 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Chromophore probe for detection of nucleic acid
FR2687679B1 (en) 1992-02-05 1994-10-28 Centre Nat Rech Scient OLIGOTHIONUCLEOTIDES.
US5633360A (en) 1992-04-14 1997-05-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs capable of passive cell membrane permeation
US5434257A (en) 1992-06-01 1995-07-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Binding compentent oligomers containing unsaturated 3',5' and 2',5' linkages
EP0577558A2 (en) 1992-07-01 1994-01-05 Ciba-Geigy Ag Carbocyclic nucleosides having bicyclic rings, oligonucleotides therefrom, process for their preparation, their use and intermediates
DE4222534A1 (en) * 1992-07-09 1994-01-13 Behringwerke Ag Use of complement inhibitors for the manufacture of a medicament for the prophylaxis and therapy of inflammatory bowel and skin diseases and purpura
US5272250A (en) 1992-07-10 1993-12-21 Spielvogel Bernard F Boronated phosphoramidate compounds
US5574142A (en) 1992-12-15 1996-11-12 Microprobe Corporation Peptide linkers for improved oligonucleotide delivery
US5476925A (en) 1993-02-01 1995-12-19 Northwestern University Oligodeoxyribonucleotides including 3'-aminonucleoside-phosphoramidate linkages and terminal 3'-amino groups
GB9304618D0 (en) 1993-03-06 1993-04-21 Ciba Geigy Ag Chemical compounds
WO1994022864A1 (en) 1993-03-30 1994-10-13 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Acyclic nucleoside analogs and oligonucleotide sequences containing them
AU6412794A (en) 1993-03-31 1994-10-24 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Oligonucleotides with amide linkages replacing phosphodiester linkages
DE4311944A1 (en) 1993-04-10 1994-10-13 Degussa Coated sodium percarbonate particles, process for their preparation and detergent, cleaning and bleaching compositions containing them
US5502177A (en) 1993-09-17 1996-03-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives for labeled binding partners
US5679546A (en) * 1993-09-24 1997-10-21 Cytomed, Inc. Chimeric proteins which block complement activation
US5457187A (en) 1993-12-08 1995-10-10 Board Of Regents University Of Nebraska Oligonucleotides containing 5-fluorouracil
US5446137B1 (en) 1993-12-09 1998-10-06 Behringwerke Ag Oligonucleotides containing 4'-substituted nucleotides
US5519134A (en) 1994-01-11 1996-05-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolidine-containing monomers and oligomers
US5596091A (en) 1994-03-18 1997-01-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Antisense oligonucleotides comprising 5-aminoalkyl pyrimidine nucleotides
US5627053A (en) 1994-03-29 1997-05-06 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'deoxy-2'-alkylnucleotide containing nucleic acid
US5625050A (en) 1994-03-31 1997-04-29 Amgen Inc. Modified oligonucleotides and intermediates useful in nucleic acid therapeutics
US5525711A (en) 1994-05-18 1996-06-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes
US5597696A (en) 1994-07-18 1997-01-28 Becton Dickinson And Company Covalent cyanine dye oligonucleotide conjugates
US5597909A (en) 1994-08-25 1997-01-28 Chiron Corporation Polynucleotide reagents containing modified deoxyribose moieties, and associated methods of synthesis and use
US5580731A (en) 1994-08-25 1996-12-03 Chiron Corporation N-4 modified pyrimidine deoxynucleotides and oligonucleotide probes synthesized therewith
US5949562A (en) * 1994-11-30 1999-09-07 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Transmission wavelength control method permitting efficient wavelength multiplexing, optical communication method, optical transmitter, optical transmitter-receiver apparatus, and optical communication system
US5949961A (en) * 1995-07-19 1999-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Word syllabification in speech synthesis system
US5922320A (en) * 1996-06-14 1999-07-13 Georgetown University Recombinant proCVF
AU3487697A (en) * 1996-06-14 1998-01-07 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine, The Use of chimeric vaccinia virus complement control proteins to inhibit complement
JP2001514484A (en) 1996-08-21 2001-09-11 スージェン・インコーポレーテッド Crystal structure of protein tyrosine kinase
GB9624731D0 (en) * 1996-11-28 1997-01-15 Univ Leicester Complement inhibitor
US8088386B2 (en) * 1998-03-20 2012-01-03 Genentech, Inc. Treatment of complement-associated disorders
WO1999037149A1 (en) * 1998-01-27 1999-07-29 Brigham & Women's Hospital Methods of treating cytotoxic damage
EP1086231A2 (en) * 1998-06-12 2001-03-28 Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine ENHANCEMENT OF B CELL ACTIVATION AND IMMUNOGLOBULIN SECRETION BY CO-STIMULATION OF RECEPTORS FOR ANTIGEN AND EBV Gp350/220
EP1001021B1 (en) * 1998-09-25 2003-08-27 Wolfgang Prodinger Monoclonal antibody to human CD21, and its uses
JP2002534959A (en) * 1998-12-08 2002-10-22 バイオベーション リミテッド Methods for modifying immunogenic proteins
DE60136272D1 (en) * 2000-04-29 2008-12-04 Univ Iowa Res Found DIAGNOSTICS AND THERAPEUTICS FOR MACULAR DEGENERATION DISEASES
US6820011B2 (en) * 2001-04-11 2004-11-16 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Three-dimensional structure of complement receptor type 2 and uses thereof
CN100594037C (en) 2002-11-15 2010-03-17 Musc研究发展基金会 Complement receptor 2 targeted complement modulators
WO2004103288A2 (en) 2003-05-13 2004-12-02 New York Society For The Ruptured And Crippled Maintaining The Hospital For Special Surgery Method of preventing recurrent miscarriages
US8454963B2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2013-06-04 Musc Foundation For Research Development Tissue targeted complement modulators
WO2007035857A2 (en) 2005-09-19 2007-03-29 Palingen, Inc. Treatment of b cell diseases using anti-germline antibody binding agents
CA2656063C (en) * 2006-06-21 2016-10-18 Musc Foundation For Research Development Targeting complement factor h for treatment of diseases
AU2010266127B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2015-11-05 Musc Foundation For Research Development Methods of stimulating liver regeneration

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Etienne et al. (AJH 2004, 75:243-245) *
Weaver (Nature [online]. Nature International Weekly Journal of Science. [retrieved on 09/14/2014]. Retrieved from the Internet: . Animal studies paint misleading picture. pages 1-3) *

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8540997B2 (en) 2002-11-15 2013-09-24 Musc Foundation For Research Development Complement receptor 1 and 2 fusion proteins
US9212212B2 (en) 2006-06-21 2015-12-15 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Targeting complement factor H for treatment of diseases
US9066925B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2015-06-30 Musc Foundation For Research Development Methods of stimulating liver regeneration
US10239937B2 (en) 2009-11-05 2019-03-26 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, hemolytic anemias and disease states involving intravascular and extravascular hemolysis
US9650447B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2017-05-16 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Complement receptor 2 (CR2) targeting groups
US9815890B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2017-11-14 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Antibodies to the C3d fragment of complement component 3
USRE49339E1 (en) 2010-06-22 2022-12-20 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Antibodies to the C3D fragment of complement component 3
US20120226663A1 (en) * 2011-03-02 2012-09-06 Valdez Kline Teresa S Preconfigured media file uploading and sharing
US9259488B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2016-02-16 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Anti-C3d antibody conjugates and methods of detecting complement activation
US11191851B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2021-12-07 Musc Foundation For Research Development Anti-C3d antibody conjugates and methods of detecting complement activation

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2003298650B2 (en) 2010-03-11
JP4915980B2 (en) 2012-04-11
EP2292259A2 (en) 2011-03-09
JP5478449B2 (en) 2014-04-23
EP1569685B8 (en) 2012-12-05
JP2011225595A (en) 2011-11-10
EP1569685A2 (en) 2005-09-07
AU2010202455A1 (en) 2010-07-01
US20080267980A1 (en) 2008-10-30
AU2010202455B2 (en) 2013-02-14
CN100594037C (en) 2010-03-17
PT1569685E (en) 2012-11-02
EP2292259A3 (en) 2011-03-23
CA2505601A1 (en) 2004-06-03
JP2011006478A (en) 2011-01-13
AU2003298650A1 (en) 2004-06-15
WO2004045520A3 (en) 2004-10-28
WO2004045520A2 (en) 2004-06-03
EP1569685B1 (en) 2012-08-08
EP1569685A4 (en) 2006-08-02
DK1569685T3 (en) 2012-11-12
US8007804B2 (en) 2011-08-30
US20120014952A1 (en) 2012-01-19
US20120015872A1 (en) 2012-01-19
CA2505601C (en) 2014-10-28
JP2006512325A (en) 2006-04-13
ES2392511T3 (en) 2012-12-11
CN1756560A (en) 2006-04-05
US8540997B2 (en) 2013-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8540997B2 (en) Complement receptor 1 and 2 fusion proteins
US8454963B2 (en) Tissue targeted complement modulators
JP2006512325A5 (en)
AU2016203758B2 (en) Targeted binding agents against b7-h1
ES2969350T3 (en) Caninized murine anti-canine PD-1 antibodies
UA128363C2 (en) Anti-lag3 antibodies and uses thereof
UA125207C2 (en) Combination therapy for the treatment of cancer
JP2012502650A (en) Antibodies against DLL4 and uses thereof
AU2013302441B2 (en) Compositions and methods for detecting complement activation
WO2016133059A1 (en) Anti-cancer agent and antimetastatic agent using fstl1, and concomitant drug for same
US20100036095A1 (en) Human CD59 mutants with modulated complement binding activity
WO2024167871A1 (en) Compositions including anti-wt-1 antibodies &amp; antigen binding fragments and uses thereof
He Targeted delivery of complement inhibitors to the proximal tubule suppresses acute tubulointerstitial injury in experimental nephrotic syndrome

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MUSC FOUNDATION FOR RESEARCH DEVELOPMENT, SOUTH CA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MEDICAL UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA;REEL/FRAME:026993/0960

Effective date: 20031125

Owner name: THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, COLORAD

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HOLERS, V. MICHAEL;REEL/FRAME:026993/0955

Effective date: 20050803

Owner name: MEDICAL UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLI

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TOMLINSON, STEPHEN;REEL/FRAME:026993/0966

Effective date: 20021209

AS Assignment

Owner name: THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO, A BODY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO;REEL/FRAME:030972/0898

Effective date: 20130707

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION